diff options
| author |   Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> | 2018-12-03 11:42:17 +0100 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> | 2018-12-03 11:42:17 +0100 |
| commit | 5f675231e456cb599b283f8361f01cf34b0617df (patch) | |
| tree | afb2bdfd6fdbb18336146f41ba7659120a5ff9d2 /Documentation | |
| parent | sched/core: Clean up the #ifdef block in add_nr_running() (diff) | |
| parent | Linux 4.20-rc5 (diff) | |
Merge tag 'v4.20-rc5' into sched/core, to pick up fixes
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
Diffstat (limited to 'Documentation')
218 files changed, 5502 insertions, 1495 deletions
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio index a5b4f223641d..8127a08e366d 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio @@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ Description: What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_positionrelative_x_raw What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_positionrelative_y_raw -KernelVersion: 4.18 +KernelVersion: 4.19 Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org Description: Relative position in direction x or y on a pad (may be diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-pattern b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-pattern index fb3d1e03b881..1e5d172e0646 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-pattern +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-pattern @@ -37,8 +37,8 @@ Description: 0-| / \/ \/ +---0----1----2----3----4----5----6------------> time (s) - 2. To make the LED go instantly from one brigntess value to another, - we should use use zero-time lengths (the brightness must be same as + 2. To make the LED go instantly from one brightness value to another, + we should use zero-time lengths (the brightness must be same as the previous tuple's). So the format should be: "brightness_1 duration_1 brightness_1 0 brightness_2 duration_2 brightness_2 0 ...". For example: diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-lg-laptop b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-lg-laptop new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..cf47749b19df --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-lg-laptop @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +What: /sys/devices/platform/lg-laptop/reader_mode +Date: October 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.20 +Contact: "Matan Ziv-Av <matan@svgalib.org> +Description: + Control reader mode. 1 means on, 0 means off. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/lg-laptop/fn_lock +Date: October 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.20 +Contact: "Matan Ziv-Av <matan@svgalib.org> +Description: + Control FN lock mode. 1 means on, 0 means off. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/lg-laptop/battery_care_limit +Date: October 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.20 +Contact: "Matan Ziv-Av <matan@svgalib.org> +Description: + Maximal battery charge level. Accepted values are 80 or 100. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/lg-laptop/fan_mode +Date: October 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.20 +Contact: "Matan Ziv-Av <matan@svgalib.org> +Description: + Control fan mode. 1 for performance mode, 0 for silent mode. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/lg-laptop/usb_charge +Date: October 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.20 +Contact: "Matan Ziv-Av <matan@svgalib.org> +Description: + Control USB port charging when device is turned off. + 1 means on, 0 means off. diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v2.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v2.rst index 8384c681a4b2..476722b7b636 100644 --- a/Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v2.rst +++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v2.rst @@ -1879,10 +1879,8 @@ following two functions. wbc_init_bio(@wbc, @bio) Should be called for each bio carrying writeback data and - associates the bio with the inode's owner cgroup and the - corresponding request queue. This must be called after - a queue (device) has been associated with the bio and - before submission. + associates the bio with the inode's owner cgroup. Can be + called anytime between bio allocation and submission. wbc_account_io(@wbc, @page, @bytes) Should be called for each data segment being written out. @@ -1901,7 +1899,7 @@ the configuration, the bio may be executed at a lower priority and if the writeback session is holding shared resources, e.g. a journal entry, may lead to priority inversion. There is no one easy solution for the problem. Filesystems can try to work around specific problem -cases by skipping wbc_init_bio() or using bio_associate_create_blkg() +cases by skipping wbc_init_bio() or using bio_associate_blkcg() directly. diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.txt b/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.txt index b90fe3b6bc6c..aefd358a5ca3 100644 --- a/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.txt +++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.txt @@ -856,7 +856,8 @@ causing system reset or hang due to sending INIT from AP to BSP. - disable_counter_freezing [HW] + perf_v4_pmi= [X86,INTEL] + Format: <bool> Disable Intel PMU counter freezing feature. The feature only exists starting from Arch Perfmon v4 (Skylake and newer). @@ -1068,7 +1069,7 @@ earlyprintk=serial[,0x...[,baudrate]] earlyprintk=ttySn[,baudrate] earlyprintk=dbgp[debugController#] - earlyprintk=pciserial,bus:device.function[,baudrate] + earlyprintk=pciserial[,force],bus:device.function[,baudrate] earlyprintk=xdbc[xhciController#] earlyprintk is useful when the kernel crashes before @@ -1100,6 +1101,10 @@ The sclp output can only be used on s390. + The optional "force" to "pciserial" enables use of a + PCI device even when its classcode is not of the + UART class. + edac_report= [HW,EDAC] Control how to report EDAC event Format: {"on" | "off" | "force"} on: enable EDAC to report H/W event. May be overridden @@ -3500,6 +3505,10 @@ before loading. See Documentation/blockdev/ramdisk.txt. + psi= [KNL] Enable or disable pressure stall information + tracking. + Format: <bool> + psmouse.proto= [HW,MOUSE] Highest PS2 mouse protocol extension to probe for; one of (bare|imps|exps|lifebook|any). psmouse.rate= [HW,MOUSE] Set desired mouse report rate, in reports @@ -4190,9 +4199,13 @@ spectre_v2= [X86] Control mitigation of Spectre variant 2 (indirect branch speculation) vulnerability. + The default operation protects the kernel from + user space attacks. - on - unconditionally enable - off - unconditionally disable + on - unconditionally enable, implies + spectre_v2_user=on + off - unconditionally disable, implies + spectre_v2_user=off auto - kernel detects whether your CPU model is vulnerable @@ -4202,6 +4215,12 @@ CONFIG_RETPOLINE configuration option, and the compiler with which the kernel was built. + Selecting 'on' will also enable the mitigation + against user space to user space task attacks. + + Selecting 'off' will disable both the kernel and + the user space protections. + Specific mitigations can also be selected manually: retpoline - replace indirect branches @@ -4211,6 +4230,48 @@ Not specifying this option is equivalent to spectre_v2=auto. + spectre_v2_user= + [X86] Control mitigation of Spectre variant 2 + (indirect branch speculation) vulnerability between + user space tasks + + on - Unconditionally enable mitigations. Is + enforced by spectre_v2=on + + off - Unconditionally disable mitigations. Is + enforced by spectre_v2=off + + prctl - Indirect branch speculation is enabled, + but mitigation can be enabled via prctl + per thread. The mitigation control state + is inherited on fork. + + prctl,ibpb + - Like "prctl" above, but only STIBP is + controlled per thread. IBPB is issued + always when switching between different user + space processes. + + seccomp + - Same as "prctl" above, but all seccomp + threads will enable the mitigation unless + they explicitly opt out. + + seccomp,ibpb + - Like "seccomp" above, but only STIBP is + controlled per thread. IBPB is issued + always when switching between different + user space processes. + + auto - Kernel selects the mitigation depending on + the available CPU features and vulnerability. + + Default mitigation: + If CONFIG_SECCOMP=y then "seccomp", otherwise "prctl" + + Not specifying this option is equivalent to + spectre_v2_user=auto. + spec_store_bypass_disable= [HW] Control Speculative Store Bypass (SSB) Disable mitigation (Speculative Store Bypass vulnerability) @@ -4709,6 +4770,8 @@ prevent spurious wakeup); n = USB_QUIRK_DELAY_CTRL_MSG (Device needs a pause after every control message); + o = USB_QUIRK_HUB_SLOW_RESET (Hub needs extra + delay after resetting its port); Example: quirks=0781:5580:bk,0a5c:5834:gij usbhid.mousepoll= diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/memory-hotplug.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/memory-hotplug.rst index 25157aec5b31..5c4432c96c4b 100644 --- a/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/memory-hotplug.rst +++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/memory-hotplug.rst @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Memory Hotplug ============== :Created: Jul 28 2007 -:Updated: Add description of notifier of memory hotplug: Oct 11 2007 +:Updated: Add some details about locking internals: Aug 20 2018 This document is about memory hotplug including how-to-use and current status. Because Memory Hotplug is still under development, contents of this text will @@ -392,6 +392,46 @@ Need more implementation yet.... - Notification completion of remove works by OS to firmware. - Guard from remove if not yet. + +Locking Internals +================= + +When adding/removing memory that uses memory block devices (i.e. ordinary RAM), +the device_hotplug_lock should be held to: + +- synchronize against online/offline requests (e.g. via sysfs). This way, memory + block devices can only be accessed (.online/.state attributes) by user + space once memory has been fully added. And when removing memory, we + know nobody is in critical sections. +- synchronize against CPU hotplug and similar (e.g. relevant for ACPI and PPC) + +Especially, there is a possible lock inversion that is avoided using +device_hotplug_lock when adding memory and user space tries to online that +memory faster than expected: + +- device_online() will first take the device_lock(), followed by + mem_hotplug_lock +- add_memory_resource() will first take the mem_hotplug_lock, followed by + the device_lock() (while creating the devices, during bus_add_device()). + +As the device is visible to user space before taking the device_lock(), this +can result in a lock inversion. + +onlining/offlining of memory should be done via device_online()/ +device_offline() - to make sure it is properly synchronized to actions +via sysfs. Holding device_hotplug_lock is advised (to e.g. protect online_type) + +When adding/removing/onlining/offlining memory or adding/removing +heterogeneous/device memory, we should always hold the mem_hotplug_lock in +write mode to serialise memory hotplug (e.g. access to global/zone +variables). + +In addition, mem_hotplug_lock (in contrast to device_hotplug_lock) in read +mode allows for a quite efficient get_online_mems/put_online_mems +implementation, so code accessing memory can protect from that memory +vanishing. + + Future Work =========== diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/pm/cpufreq.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/pm/cpufreq.rst index 47153e64dfb5..7eca9026a9ed 100644 --- a/Documentation/admin-guide/pm/cpufreq.rst +++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/pm/cpufreq.rst @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ data structures necessary to handle the given policy and, possibly, to add a governor ``sysfs`` interface to it. Next, the governor is started by invoking its ``->start()`` callback. -That callback it expected to register per-CPU utilization update callbacks for +That callback is expected to register per-CPU utilization update callbacks for all of the online CPUs belonging to the given policy with the CPU scheduler. The utilization update callbacks will be invoked by the CPU scheduler on important events, like task enqueue and dequeue, on every iteration of the diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/security-bugs.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/security-bugs.rst index 164bf71149fd..30187d49dc2c 100644 --- a/Documentation/admin-guide/security-bugs.rst +++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/security-bugs.rst @@ -32,16 +32,17 @@ Disclosure and embargoed information The security list is not a disclosure channel. For that, see Coordination below. -Once a robust fix has been developed, our preference is to release the -fix in a timely fashion, treating it no differently than any of the other -thousands of changes and fixes the Linux kernel project releases every -month. +Once a robust fix has been developed, the release process starts. Fixes +for publicly known bugs are released immediately. -However, at the request of the reporter, we will postpone releasing the -fix for up to 5 business days after the date of the report or after the -embargo has lifted; whichever comes first. The only exception to that -rule is if the bug is publicly known, in which case the preference is to -release the fix as soon as it's available. +Although our preference is to release fixes for publicly undisclosed bugs +as soon as they become available, this may be postponed at the request of +the reporter or an affected party for up to 7 calendar days from the start +of the release process, with an exceptional extension to 14 calendar days +if it is agreed that the criticality of the bug requires more time. The +only valid reason for deferring the publication of a fix is to accommodate +the logistics of QA and large scale rollouts which require release +coordination. Whilst embargoed information may be shared with trusted individuals in order to develop a fix, such information will not be published alongside diff --git a/Documentation/arm/Samsung/Bootloader-interface.txt b/Documentation/arm/Samsung/Bootloader-interface.txt index ed494ac0beb2..d17ed518a7ea 100644 --- a/Documentation/arm/Samsung/Bootloader-interface.txt +++ b/Documentation/arm/Samsung/Bootloader-interface.txt @@ -26,6 +26,7 @@ Offset Value Purpose 0x20 0xfcba0d10 (Magic cookie) AFTR 0x24 exynos_cpu_resume_ns AFTR 0x28 + 4*cpu 0x8 (Magic cookie, Exynos3250) AFTR +0x28 0x0 or last value during resume (Exynos542x) System suspend 2. Secure mode diff --git a/Documentation/arm64/silicon-errata.txt b/Documentation/arm64/silicon-errata.txt index 76ccded8b74c..8f9577621144 100644 --- a/Documentation/arm64/silicon-errata.txt +++ b/Documentation/arm64/silicon-errata.txt @@ -57,6 +57,7 @@ stable kernels. | ARM | Cortex-A73 | #858921 | ARM64_ERRATUM_858921 | | ARM | Cortex-A55 | #1024718 | ARM64_ERRATUM_1024718 | | ARM | Cortex-A76 | #1188873 | ARM64_ERRATUM_1188873 | +| ARM | Cortex-A76 | #1286807 | ARM64_ERRATUM_1286807 | | ARM | MMU-500 | #841119,#826419 | N/A | | | | | | | Cavium | ThunderX ITS | #22375, #24313 | CAVIUM_ERRATUM_22375 | diff --git a/Documentation/core-api/boot-time-mm.rst b/Documentation/core-api/boot-time-mm.rst index 6e12e89a03e0..e5ec9f1a563d 100644 --- a/Documentation/core-api/boot-time-mm.rst +++ b/Documentation/core-api/boot-time-mm.rst @@ -5,54 +5,23 @@ Boot time memory management Early system initialization cannot use "normal" memory management simply because it is not set up yet. But there is still need to allocate memory for various data structures, for instance for the -physical page allocator. To address this, a specialized allocator -called the :ref:`Boot Memory Allocator <bootmem>`, or bootmem, was -introduced. Several years later PowerPC developers added a "Logical -Memory Blocks" allocator, which was later adopted by other -architectures and renamed to :ref:`memblock <memblock>`. There is also -a compatibility layer called `nobootmem` that translates bootmem -allocation interfaces to memblock calls. +physical page allocator. -The selection of the early allocator is done using -``CONFIG_NO_BOOTMEM`` and ``CONFIG_HAVE_MEMBLOCK`` kernel -configuration options. These options are enabled or disabled -statically by the architectures' Kconfig files. - -* Architectures that rely only on bootmem select - ``CONFIG_NO_BOOTMEM=n && CONFIG_HAVE_MEMBLOCK=n``. -* The users of memblock with the nobootmem compatibility layer set - ``CONFIG_NO_BOOTMEM=y && CONFIG_HAVE_MEMBLOCK=y``. -* And for those that use both memblock and bootmem the configuration - includes ``CONFIG_NO_BOOTMEM=n && CONFIG_HAVE_MEMBLOCK=y``. - -Whichever allocator is used, it is the responsibility of the -architecture specific initialization to set it up in -:c:func:`setup_arch` and tear it down in :c:func:`mem_init` functions. +A specialized allocator called ``memblock`` performs the +boot time memory management. The architecture specific initialization +must set it up in :c:func:`setup_arch` and tear it down in +:c:func:`mem_init` functions. Once the early memory management is available it offers a variety of functions and macros for memory allocations. The allocation request may be directed to the first (and probably the only) node or to a particular node in a NUMA system. There are API variants that panic -when an allocation fails and those that don't. And more recent and -advanced memblock even allows controlling its own behaviour. - -.. _bootmem: - -Bootmem -======= +when an allocation fails and those that don't. -(mostly stolen from Mel Gorman's "Understanding the Linux Virtual -Memory Manager" `book`_) +Memblock also offers a variety of APIs that control its own behaviour. -.. _book: https://www.kernel.org/doc/gorman/ - -.. kernel-doc:: mm/bootmem.c - :doc: bootmem overview - -.. _memblock: - -Memblock -======== +Memblock Overview +================= .. kernel-doc:: mm/memblock.c :doc: memblock overview @@ -61,26 +30,6 @@ Memblock Functions and structures ======================== -Common API ----------- - -The functions that are described in this section are available -regardless of what early memory manager is enabled. - -.. kernel-doc:: mm/nobootmem.c - -Bootmem specific API --------------------- - -These interfaces available only with bootmem, i.e when ``CONFIG_NO_BOOTMEM=n`` - -.. kernel-doc:: include/linux/bootmem.h -.. kernel-doc:: mm/bootmem.c - :functions: - -Memblock specific API ---------------------- - Here is the description of memblock data structures, functions and macros. Some of them are actually internal, but since they are documented it would be silly to omit them. Besides, reading the diff --git a/Documentation/core-api/index.rst b/Documentation/core-api/index.rst index 29c790f571a5..3adee82be311 100644 --- a/Documentation/core-api/index.rst +++ b/Documentation/core-api/index.rst @@ -21,6 +21,7 @@ Core utilities local_ops workqueue genericirq + xarray flexible-arrays librs genalloc diff --git a/Documentation/core-api/xarray.rst b/Documentation/core-api/xarray.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..dbe96cb5558e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/core-api/xarray.rst @@ -0,0 +1,465 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ + +====== +XArray +====== + +:Author: Matthew Wilcox + +Overview +======== + +The XArray is an abstract data type which behaves like a very large array +of pointers. It meets many of the same needs as a hash or a conventional +resizable array. Unlike a hash, it allows you to sensibly go to the +next or previous entry in a cache-efficient manner. In contrast to a +resizable array, there is no need to copy data or change MMU mappings in +order to grow the array. It is more memory-efficient, parallelisable +and cache friendly than a doubly-linked list. It takes advantage of +RCU to perform lookups without locking. + +The XArray implementation is efficient when the indices used are densely +clustered; hashing the object and using the hash as the index will not +perform well. The XArray is optimised for small indices, but still has +good performance with large indices. If your index can be larger than +``ULONG_MAX`` then the XArray is not the data type for you. The most +important user of the XArray is the page cache. + +Each non-``NULL`` entry in the array has three bits associated with +it called marks. Each mark may be set or cleared independently of +the others. You can iterate over entries which are marked. + +Normal pointers may be stored in the XArray directly. They must be 4-byte +aligned, which is true for any pointer returned from :c:func:`kmalloc` and +:c:func:`alloc_page`. It isn't true for arbitrary user-space pointers, +nor for function pointers. You can store pointers to statically allocated +objects, as long as those objects have an alignment of at least 4. + +You can also store integers between 0 and ``LONG_MAX`` in the XArray. +You must first convert it into an entry using :c:func:`xa_mk_value`. +When you retrieve an entry from the XArray, you can check whether it is +a value entry by calling :c:func:`xa_is_value`, and convert it back to +an integer by calling :c:func:`xa_to_value`. + +Some users want to store tagged pointers instead of using the marks +described above. They can call :c:func:`xa_tag_pointer` to create an +entry with a tag, :c:func:`xa_untag_pointer` to turn a tagged entry +back into an untagged pointer and :c:func:`xa_pointer_tag` to retrieve +the tag of an entry. Tagged pointers use the same bits that are used +to distinguish value entries from normal pointers, so each user must +decide whether they want to store value entries or tagged pointers in +any particular XArray. + +The XArray does not support storing :c:func:`IS_ERR` pointers as some +conflict with value entries or internal entries. + +An unusual feature of the XArray is the ability to create entries which +occupy a range of indices. Once stored to, looking up any index in +the range will return the same entry as looking up any other index in +the range. Setting a mark on one index will set it on all of them. +Storing to any index will store to all of them. Multi-index entries can +be explicitly split into smaller entries, or storing ``NULL`` into any +entry will cause the XArray to forget about the range. + +Normal API +========== + +Start by initialising an XArray, either with :c:func:`DEFINE_XARRAY` +for statically allocated XArrays or :c:func:`xa_init` for dynamically +allocated ones. A freshly-initialised XArray contains a ``NULL`` +pointer at every index. + +You can then set entries using :c:func:`xa_store` and get entries +using :c:func:`xa_load`. xa_store will overwrite any entry with the +new entry and return the previous entry stored at that index. You can +use :c:func:`xa_erase` instead of calling :c:func:`xa_store` with a +``NULL`` entry. There is no difference between an entry that has never +been stored to, one that has been erased and one that has most recently +had ``NULL`` stored to it. + +You can conditionally replace an entry at an index by using +:c:func:`xa_cmpxchg`. Like :c:func:`cmpxchg`, it will only succeed if +the entry at that index has the 'old' value. It also returns the entry +which was at that index; if it returns the same entry which was passed as +'old', then :c:func:`xa_cmpxchg` succeeded. + +If you want to only store a new entry to an index if the current entry +at that index is ``NULL``, you can use :c:func:`xa_insert` which +returns ``-EEXIST`` if the entry is not empty. + +You can enquire whether a mark is set on an entry by using +:c:func:`xa_get_mark`. If the entry is not ``NULL``, you can set a mark +on it by using :c:func:`xa_set_mark` and remove the mark from an entry by +calling :c:func:`xa_clear_mark`. You can ask whether any entry in the +XArray has a particular mark set by calling :c:func:`xa_marked`. + +You can copy entries out of the XArray into a plain array by calling +:c:func:`xa_extract`. Or you can iterate over the present entries in +the XArray by calling :c:func:`xa_for_each`. You may prefer to use +:c:func:`xa_find` or :c:func:`xa_find_after` to move to the next present +entry in the XArray. + +Calling :c:func:`xa_store_range` stores the same entry in a range +of indices. If you do this, some of the other operations will behave +in a slightly odd way. For example, marking the entry at one index +may result in the entry being marked at some, but not all of the other +indices. Storing into one index may result in the entry retrieved by +some, but not all of the other indices changing. + +Sometimes you need to ensure that a subsequent call to :c:func:`xa_store` +will not need to allocate memory. The :c:func:`xa_reserve` function +will store a reserved entry at the indicated index. Users of the normal +API will see this entry as containing ``NULL``. If you do not need to +use the reserved entry, you can call :c:func:`xa_release` to remove the +unused entry. If another user has stored to the entry in the meantime, +:c:func:`xa_release` will do nothing; if instead you want the entry to +become ``NULL``, you should use :c:func:`xa_erase`. + +If all entries in the array are ``NULL``, the :c:func:`xa_empty` function +will return ``true``. + +Finally, you can remove all entries from an XArray by calling +:c:func:`xa_destroy`. If the XArray entries are pointers, you may wish +to free the entries first. You can do this by iterating over all present +entries in the XArray using the :c:func:`xa_for_each` iterator. + +Allocating XArrays +------------------ + +If you use :c:func:`DEFINE_XARRAY_ALLOC` to define the XArray, or +initialise it by passing ``XA_FLAGS_ALLOC`` to :c:func:`xa_init_flags`, +the XArray changes to track whether entries are in use or not. + +You can call :c:func:`xa_alloc` to store the entry at any unused index +in the XArray. If you need to modify the array from interrupt context, +you can use :c:func:`xa_alloc_bh` or :c:func:`xa_alloc_irq` to disable +interrupts while allocating the ID. + +Using :c:func:`xa_store`, :c:func:`xa_cmpxchg` or :c:func:`xa_insert` +will mark the entry as being allocated. Unlike a normal XArray, storing +``NULL`` will mark the entry as being in use, like :c:func:`xa_reserve`. +To free an entry, use :c:func:`xa_erase` (or :c:func:`xa_release` if +you only want to free the entry if it's ``NULL``). + +You cannot use ``XA_MARK_0`` with an allocating XArray as this mark +is used to track whether an entry is free or not. The other marks are +available for your use. + +Memory allocation +----------------- + +The :c:func:`xa_store`, :c:func:`xa_cmpxchg`, :c:func:`xa_alloc`, +:c:func:`xa_reserve` and :c:func:`xa_insert` functions take a gfp_t +parameter in case the XArray needs to allocate memory to store this entry. +If the entry is being deleted, no memory allocation needs to be performed, +and the GFP flags specified will be ignored. + +It is possible for no memory to be allocatable, particularly if you pass +a restrictive set of GFP flags. In that case, the functions return a +special value which can be turned into an errno using :c:func:`xa_err`. +If you don't need to know exactly which error occurred, using +:c:func:`xa_is_err` is slightly more efficient. + +Locking +------- + +When using the Normal API, you do not have to worry about locking. +The XArray uses RCU and an internal spinlock to synchronise access: + +No lock needed: + * :c:func:`xa_empty` + * :c:func:`xa_marked` + +Takes RCU read lock: + * :c:func:`xa_load` + * :c:func:`xa_for_each` + * :c:func:`xa_find` + * :c:func:`xa_find_after` + * :c:func:`xa_extract` + * :c:func:`xa_get_mark` + +Takes xa_lock internally: + * :c:func:`xa_store` + * :c:func:`xa_store_bh` + * :c:func:`xa_store_irq` + * :c:func:`xa_insert` + * :c:func:`xa_erase` + * :c:func:`xa_erase_bh` + * :c:func:`xa_erase_irq` + * :c:func:`xa_cmpxchg` + * :c:func:`xa_store_range` + * :c:func:`xa_alloc` + * :c:func:`xa_alloc_bh` + * :c:func:`xa_alloc_irq` + * :c:func:`xa_reserve` + * :c:func:`xa_reserve_bh` + * :c:func:`xa_reserve_irq` + * :c:func:`xa_destroy` + * :c:func:`xa_set_mark` + * :c:func:`xa_clear_mark` + +Assumes xa_lock held on entry: + * :c:func:`__xa_store` + * :c:func:`__xa_insert` + * :c:func:`__xa_erase` + * :c:func:`__xa_cmpxchg` + * :c:func:`__xa_alloc` + * :c:func:`__xa_reserve` + * :c:func:`__xa_set_mark` + * :c:func:`__xa_clear_mark` + +If you want to take advantage of the lock to protect the data structures +that you are storing in the XArray, you can call :c:func:`xa_lock` +before calling :c:func:`xa_load`, then take a reference count on the +object you have found before calling :c:func:`xa_unlock`. This will +prevent stores from removing the object from the array between looking +up the object and incrementing the refcount. You can also use RCU to +avoid dereferencing freed memory, but an explanation of that is beyond +the scope of this document. + +The XArray does not disable interrupts or softirqs while modifying +the array. It is safe to read the XArray from interrupt or softirq +context as the RCU lock provides enough protection. + +If, for example, you want to store entries in the XArray in process +context and then erase them in softirq context, you can do that this way:: + + void foo_init(struct foo *foo) + { + xa_init_flags(&foo->array, XA_FLAGS_LOCK_BH); + } + + int foo_store(struct foo *foo, unsigned long index, void *entry) + { + int err; + + xa_lock_bh(&foo->array); + err = xa_err(__xa_store(&foo->array, index, entry, GFP_KERNEL)); + if (!err) + foo->count++; + xa_unlock_bh(&foo->array); + return err; + } + + /* foo_erase() is only called from softirq context */ + void foo_erase(struct foo *foo, unsigned long index) + { + xa_lock(&foo->array); + __xa_erase(&foo->array, index); + foo->count--; + xa_unlock(&foo->array); + } + +If you are going to modify the XArray from interrupt or softirq context, +you need to initialise the array using :c:func:`xa_init_flags`, passing +``XA_FLAGS_LOCK_IRQ`` or ``XA_FLAGS_LOCK_BH``. + +The above example also shows a common pattern of wanting to extend the +coverage of the xa_lock on the store side to protect some statistics +associated with the array. + +Sharing the XArray with interrupt context is also possible, either +using :c:func:`xa_lock_irqsave` in both the interrupt handler and process +context, or :c:func:`xa_lock_irq` in process context and :c:func:`xa_lock` +in the interrupt handler. Some of the more common patterns have helper +functions such as :c:func:`xa_store_bh`, :c:func:`xa_store_irq`, +:c:func:`xa_erase_bh` and :c:func:`xa_erase_irq`. + +Sometimes you need to protect access to the XArray with a mutex because +that lock sits above another mutex in the locking hierarchy. That does +not entitle you to use functions like :c:func:`__xa_erase` without taking +the xa_lock; the xa_lock is used for lockdep validation and will be used +for other purposes in the future. + +The :c:func:`__xa_set_mark` and :c:func:`__xa_clear_mark` functions are also +available for situations where you look up an entry and want to atomically +set or clear a mark. It may be more efficient to use the advanced API +in this case, as it will save you from walking the tree twice. + +Advanced API +============ + +The advanced API offers more flexibility and better performance at the +cost of an interface which can be harder to use and has fewer safeguards. +No locking is done for you by the advanced API, and you are required +to use the xa_lock while modifying the array. You can choose whether +to use the xa_lock or the RCU lock while doing read-only operations on +the array. You can mix advanced and normal operations on the same array; +indeed the normal API is implemented in terms of the advanced API. The +advanced API is only available to modules with a GPL-compatible license. + +The advanced API is based around the xa_state. This is an opaque data +structure which you declare on the stack using the :c:func:`XA_STATE` +macro. This macro initialises the xa_state ready to start walking +around the XArray. It is used as a cursor to maintain the position +in the XArray and let you compose various operations together without +having to restart from the top every time. + +The xa_state is also used to store errors. You can call +:c:func:`xas_error` to retrieve the error. All operations check whether +the xa_state is in an error state before proceeding, so there's no need +for you to check for an error after each call; you can make multiple +calls in succession and only check at a convenient point. The only +errors currently generated by the XArray code itself are ``ENOMEM`` and +``EINVAL``, but it supports arbitrary errors in case you want to call +:c:func:`xas_set_err` yourself. + +If the xa_state is holding an ``ENOMEM`` error, calling :c:func:`xas_nomem` +will attempt to allocate more memory using the specified gfp flags and +cache it in the xa_state for the next attempt. The idea is that you take +the xa_lock, attempt the operation and drop the lock. The operation +attempts to allocate memory while holding the lock, but it is more +likely to fail. Once you have dropped the lock, :c:func:`xas_nomem` +can try harder to allocate more memory. It will return ``true`` if it +is worth retrying the operation (i.e. that there was a memory error *and* +more memory was allocated). If it has previously allocated memory, and +that memory wasn't used, and there is no error (or some error that isn't +``ENOMEM``), then it will free the memory previously allocated. + +Internal Entries +---------------- + +The XArray reserves some entries for its own purposes. These are never +exposed through the normal API, but when using the advanced API, it's +possible to see them. Usually the best way to handle them is to pass them +to :c:func:`xas_retry`, and retry the operation if it returns ``true``. + +.. flat-table:: + :widths: 1 1 6 + + * - Name + - Test + - Usage + + * - Node + - :c:func:`xa_is_node` + - An XArray node. May be visible when using a multi-index xa_state. + + * - Sibling + - :c:func:`xa_is_sibling` + - A non-canonical entry for a multi-index entry. The value indicates + which slot in this node has the canonical entry. + + * - Retry + - :c:func:`xa_is_retry` + - This entry is currently being modified by a thread which has the + xa_lock. The node containing this entry may be freed at the end + of this RCU period. You should restart the lookup from the head + of the array. + + * - Zero + - :c:func:`xa_is_zero` + - Zero entries appear as ``NULL`` through the Normal API, but occupy + an entry in the XArray which can be used to reserve the index for + future use. This is used by allocating XArrays for allocated entries + which are ``NULL``. + +Other internal entries may be added in the future. As far as possible, they +will be handled by :c:func:`xas_retry`. + +Additional functionality +------------------------ + +The :c:func:`xas_create_range` function allocates all the necessary memory +to store every entry in a range. It will set ENOMEM in the xa_state if +it cannot allocate memory. + +You can use :c:func:`xas_init_marks` to reset the marks on an entry +to their default state. This is usually all marks clear, unless the +XArray is marked with ``XA_FLAGS_TRACK_FREE``, in which case mark 0 is set +and all other marks are clear. Replacing one entry with another using +:c:func:`xas_store` will not reset the marks on that entry; if you want +the marks reset, you should do that explicitly. + +The :c:func:`xas_load` will walk the xa_state as close to the entry +as it can. If you know the xa_state has already been walked to the +entry and need to check that the entry hasn't changed, you can use +:c:func:`xas_reload` to save a function call. + +If you need to move to a different index in the XArray, call +:c:func:`xas_set`. This resets the cursor to the top of the tree, which +will generally make the next operation walk the cursor to the desired +spot in the tree. If you want to move to the next or previous index, +call :c:func:`xas_next` or :c:func:`xas_prev`. Setting the index does +not walk the cursor around the array so does not require a lock to be +held, while moving to the next or previous index does. + +You can search for the next present entry using :c:func:`xas_find`. This +is the equivalent of both :c:func:`xa_find` and :c:func:`xa_find_after`; +if the cursor has been walked to an entry, then it will find the next +entry after the one currently referenced. If not, it will return the +entry at the index of the xa_state. Using :c:func:`xas_next_entry` to +move to the next present entry instead of :c:func:`xas_find` will save +a function call in the majority of cases at the expense of emitting more +inline code. + +The :c:func:`xas_find_marked` function is similar. If the xa_state has +not been walked, it will return the entry at the index of the xa_state, +if it is marked. Otherwise, it will return the first marked entry after +the entry referenced by the xa_state. The :c:func:`xas_next_marked` +function is the equivalent of :c:func:`xas_next_entry`. + +When iterating over a range of the XArray using :c:func:`xas_for_each` +or :c:func:`xas_for_each_marked`, it may be necessary to temporarily stop +the iteration. The :c:func:`xas_pause` function exists for this purpose. +After you have done the necessary work and wish to resume, the xa_state +is in an appropriate state to continue the iteration after the entry +you last processed. If you have interrupts disabled while iterating, +then it is good manners to pause the iteration and reenable interrupts +every ``XA_CHECK_SCHED`` entries. + +The :c:func:`xas_get_mark`, :c:func:`xas_set_mark` and +:c:func:`xas_clear_mark` functions require the xa_state cursor to have +been moved to the appropriate location in the xarray; they will do +nothing if you have called :c:func:`xas_pause` or :c:func:`xas_set` +immediately before. + +You can call :c:func:`xas_set_update` to have a callback function +called each time the XArray updates a node. This is used by the page +cache workingset code to maintain its list of nodes which contain only +shadow entries. + +Multi-Index Entries +------------------- + +The XArray has the ability to tie multiple indices together so that +operations on one index affect all indices. For example, storing into +any index will change the value of the entry retrieved from any index. +Setting or clearing a mark on any index will set or clear the mark +on every index that is tied together. The current implementation +only allows tying ranges which are aligned powers of two together; +eg indices 64-127 may be tied together, but 2-6 may not be. This may +save substantial quantities of memory; for example tying 512 entries +together will save over 4kB. + +You can create a multi-index entry by using :c:func:`XA_STATE_ORDER` +or :c:func:`xas_set_order` followed by a call to :c:func:`xas_store`. +Calling :c:func:`xas_load` with a multi-index xa_state will walk the +xa_state to the right location in the tree, but the return value is not +meaningful, potentially being an internal entry or ``NULL`` even when there +is an entry stored within the range. Calling :c:func:`xas_find_conflict` +will return the first entry within the range or ``NULL`` if there are no +entries in the range. The :c:func:`xas_for_each_conflict` iterator will +iterate over every entry which overlaps the specified range. + +If :c:func:`xas_load` encounters a multi-index entry, the xa_index +in the xa_state will not be changed. When iterating over an XArray +or calling :c:func:`xas_find`, if the initial index is in the middle +of a multi-index entry, it will not be altered. Subsequent calls +or iterations will move the index to the first index in the range. +Each entry will only be returned once, no matter how many indices it +occupies. + +Using :c:func:`xas_next` or :c:func:`xas_prev` with a multi-index xa_state +is not supported. Using either of these functions on a multi-index entry +will reveal sibling entries; these should be skipped over by the caller. + +Storing ``NULL`` into any index of a multi-index entry will set the entry +at every index to ``NULL`` and dissolve the tie. Splitting a multi-index +entry into entries occupying smaller ranges is not yet supported. + +Functions and structures +======================== + +.. kernel-doc:: include/linux/xarray.h +.. kernel-doc:: lib/xarray.c diff --git a/Documentation/cpu-freq/cpufreq-stats.txt b/Documentation/cpu-freq/cpufreq-stats.txt index a873855c811d..14378cecb172 100644 --- a/Documentation/cpu-freq/cpufreq-stats.txt +++ b/Documentation/cpu-freq/cpufreq-stats.txt @@ -86,9 +86,11 @@ transitions. This will give a fine grained information about all the CPU frequency transitions. The cat output here is a two dimensional matrix, where an entry <i,j> (row i, column j) represents the count of number of transitions from -Freq_i to Freq_j. Freq_i is in descending order with increasing rows and -Freq_j is in descending order with increasing columns. The output here also -contains the actual freq values for each row and column for better readability. +Freq_i to Freq_j. Freq_i rows and Freq_j columns follow the sorting order in +which the driver has provided the frequency table initially to the cpufreq core +and so can be sorted (ascending or descending) or unsorted. The output here +also contains the actual freq values for each row and column for better +readability. If the transition table is bigger than PAGE_SIZE, reading this will return an -EFBIG error. diff --git a/Documentation/crypto/asymmetric-keys.txt b/Documentation/crypto/asymmetric-keys.txt index 5969bf42562a..8763866b11cf 100644 --- a/Documentation/crypto/asymmetric-keys.txt +++ b/Documentation/crypto/asymmetric-keys.txt @@ -183,6 +183,10 @@ and looks like the following: void (*describe)(const struct key *key, struct seq_file *m); void (*destroy)(void *payload); + int (*query)(const struct kernel_pkey_params *params, + struct kernel_pkey_query *info); + int (*eds_op)(struct kernel_pkey_params *params, + const void *in, void *out); int (*verify_signature)(const struct key *key, const struct public_key_signature *sig); }; @@ -207,12 +211,22 @@ There are a number of operations defined by the subtype: asymmetric key will look after freeing the fingerprint and releasing the reference on the subtype module. - (3) verify_signature(). + (3) query(). - Optional. These are the entry points for the key usage operations. - Currently there is only the one defined. If not set, the caller will be - given -ENOTSUPP. The subtype may do anything it likes to implement an - operation, including offloading to hardware. + Mandatory. This is a function for querying the capabilities of a key. + + (4) eds_op(). + + Optional. This is the entry point for the encryption, decryption and + signature creation operations (which are distinguished by the operation ID + in the parameter struct). The subtype may do anything it likes to + implement an operation, including offloading to hardware. + + (5) verify_signature(). + + Optional. This is the entry point for signature verification. The + subtype may do anything it likes to implement an operation, including + offloading to hardware. ========================== @@ -234,6 +248,8 @@ Examples of blob formats for which parsers could be implemented include: - X.509 ASN.1 stream. - Pointer to TPM key. - Pointer to UEFI key. + - PKCS#8 private key [RFC 5208]. + - PKCS#5 encrypted private key [RFC 2898]. During key instantiation each parser in the list is tried until one doesn't return -EBADMSG. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/amlogic.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/amlogic.txt index b5c2b5c35766..4498292b833d 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/amlogic.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/amlogic.txt @@ -57,12 +57,17 @@ Boards with the Amlogic Meson AXG A113D SoC shall have the following properties: Required root node property: compatible: "amlogic,a113d", "amlogic,meson-axg"; +Boards with the Amlogic Meson G12A S905D2 SoC shall have the following properties: + Required root node property: + compatible: "amlogic,g12a"; + Board compatible values (alphabetically, grouped by SoC): - "geniatech,atv1200" (Meson6) - "minix,neo-x8" (Meson8) + - "endless,ec100" (Meson8b) - "hardkernel,odroid-c1" (Meson8b) - "tronfy,mxq" (Meson8b) @@ -101,6 +106,8 @@ Board compatible values (alphabetically, grouped by SoC): - "amlogic,s400" (Meson axg a113d) + - "amlogic,u200" (Meson g12a s905d2) + Amlogic Meson Firmware registers Interface ------------------------------------------ diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,bcm2835.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,bcm2835.txt index 1e3e29a545e2..0dcc3ea5adff 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,bcm2835.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,bcm2835.txt @@ -42,6 +42,14 @@ Raspberry Pi Compute Module Required root node properties: compatible = "raspberrypi,compute-module", "brcm,bcm2835"; +Raspberry Pi Compute Module 3 +Required root node properties: +compatible = "raspberrypi,3-compute-module", "brcm,bcm2837"; + +Raspberry Pi Compute Module 3 Lite +Required root node properties: +compatible = "raspberrypi,3-compute-module-lite", "brcm,bcm2837"; + Raspberry Pi Zero Required root node properties: compatible = "raspberrypi,model-zero", "brcm,bcm2835"; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpu-capacity.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpu-capacity.txt index 9b5685a1d15d..84262cdb8d29 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpu-capacity.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpu-capacity.txt @@ -59,9 +59,11 @@ mhz values (normalized w.r.t. the highest value found while parsing the DT). =========================================== Example 1 (ARM 64-bit, 6-cpu system, two clusters): -capacities-dmips-mhz are scaled w.r.t. 1024 (cpu@0 and cpu@1) -supposing cluster0@max-freq=1100 and custer1@max-freq=850, -final capacities are 1024 for cluster0 and 446 for cluster1 +The capacities-dmips-mhz or DMIPS/MHz values (scaled to 1024) +are 1024 and 578 for cluster0 and cluster1. Further normalization +is done by the operating system based on cluster0@max-freq=1100 and +custer1@max-freq=850, final capacities are 1024 for cluster0 and +446 for cluster1 (576*850/1100). cpus { #address-cells = <2>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/freescale/fsl,scu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/freescale/fsl,scu.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..46d0af1f0872 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/freescale/fsl,scu.txt @@ -0,0 +1,183 @@ +NXP i.MX System Controller Firmware (SCFW) +-------------------------------------------------------------------- + +The System Controller Firmware (SCFW) is a low-level system function +which runs on a dedicated Cortex-M core to provide power, clock, and +resource management. It exists on some i.MX8 processors. e.g. i.MX8QM +(QM, QP), and i.MX8QX (QXP, DX). + +The AP communicates with the SC using a multi-ported MU module found +in the LSIO subsystem. The current definition of this MU module provides +5 remote AP connections to the SC to support up to 5 execution environments +(TZ, HV, standard Linux, etc.). The SC side of this MU module interfaces +with the LSIO DSC IP bus. The SC firmware will communicate with this MU +using the MSI bus. + +System Controller Device Node: +============================================================ + +The scu node with the following properties shall be under the /firmware/ node. + +Required properties: +------------------- +- compatible: should be "fsl,imx-scu". +- mbox-names: should include "tx0", "tx1", "tx2", "tx3", + "rx0", "rx1", "rx2", "rx3". +- mboxes: List of phandle of 4 MU channels for tx and 4 MU channels + for rx. All 8 MU channels must be in the same MU instance. + Cross instances are not allowed. The MU instance can only + be one of LSIO MU0~M4 for imx8qxp and imx8qm. Users need + to make sure use the one which is not conflict with other + execution environments. e.g. ATF. + Note: + Channel 0 must be "tx0" or "rx0". + Channel 1 must be "tx1" or "rx1". + Channel 2 must be "tx2" or "rx2". + Channel 3 must be "tx3" or "rx3". + e.g. + mboxes = <&lsio_mu1 0 0 + &lsio_mu1 0 1 + &lsio_mu1 0 2 + &lsio_mu1 0 3 + &lsio_mu1 1 0 + &lsio_mu1 1 1 + &lsio_mu1 1 2 + &lsio_mu1 1 3>; + See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mailbox/fsl,mu.txt + for detailed mailbox binding. + +i.MX SCU Client Device Node: +============================================================ + +Client nodes are maintained as children of the relevant IMX-SCU device node. + +Power domain bindings based on SCU Message Protocol +------------------------------------------------------------ + +This binding for the SCU power domain providers uses the generic power +domain binding[2]. + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should be "fsl,scu-pd". +- #address-cells: Should be 1. +- #size-cells: Should be 0. + +Required properties for power domain sub nodes: +- #power-domain-cells: Must be 0. + +Optional Properties: +- reg: Resource ID of this power domain. + No exist means uncontrollable by user. + See detailed Resource ID list from: + include/dt-bindings/power/imx-rsrc.h +- power-domains: phandle pointing to the parent power domain. + +Clock bindings based on SCU Message Protocol +------------------------------------------------------------ + +This binding uses the common clock binding[1]. + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should be "fsl,imx8qxp-clock". +- #clock-cells: Should be 1. Contains the Clock ID value. +- clocks: List of clock specifiers, must contain an entry for + each required entry in clock-names +- clock-names: Should include entries "xtal_32KHz", "xtal_24MHz" + +The clock consumer should specify the desired clock by having the clock +ID in its "clocks" phandle cell. + +See the full list of clock IDs from: +include/dt-bindings/clock/imx8qxp-clock.h + +Pinctrl bindings based on SCU Message Protocol +------------------------------------------------------------ + +This binding uses the i.MX common pinctrl binding[3]. + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should be "fsl,imx8qxp-iomuxc". + +Required properties for Pinctrl sub nodes: +- fsl,pins: Each entry consists of 3 integers which represents + the mux and config setting for one pin. The first 2 + integers <pin_id mux_mode> are specified using a + PIN_FUNC_ID macro, which can be found in + <dt-bindings/pinctrl/pads-imx8qxp.h>. + The last integer CONFIG is the pad setting value like + pull-up on this pin. + + Please refer to i.MX8QXP Reference Manual for detailed + CONFIG settings. + +[1] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt +[2] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/power_domain.txt +[3] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/fsl,imx-pinctrl.txt + +Example (imx8qxp): +------------- +lsio_mu1: mailbox@5d1c0000 { + ... + #mbox-cells = <2>; +}; + +firmware { + scu { + compatible = "fsl,imx-scu"; + mbox-names = "tx0", "tx1", "tx2", "tx3", + "rx0", "rx1", "rx2", "rx3"; + mboxes = <&lsio_mu1 0 0 + &lsio_mu1 0 1 + &lsio_mu1 0 2 + &lsio_mu1 0 3 + &lsio_mu1 1 0 + &lsio_mu1 1 1 + &lsio_mu1 1 2 + &lsio_mu1 1 3>; + + clk: clk { + compatible = "fsl,imx8qxp-clk"; + #clock-cells = <1>; + }; + + iomuxc { + compatible = "fsl,imx8qxp-iomuxc"; + + pinctrl_lpuart0: lpuart0grp { + fsl,pins = < + SC_P_UART0_RX_ADMA_UART0_RX 0x06000020 + SC_P_UART0_TX_ADMA_UART0_TX 0x06000020 + >; + }; + ... + }; + + imx8qx-pm { + compatible = "fsl,scu-pd"; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + pd_dma: dma-power-domain { + #power-domain-cells = <0>; + + pd_dma_lpuart0: dma-lpuart0@57 { + reg = <SC_R_UART_0>; + #power-domain-cells = <0>; + power-domains = <&pd_dma>; + }; + ... + }; + ... + }; + }; +}; + +serial@5a060000 { + ... + pinctrl-names = "default"; + pinctrl-0 = <&pinctrl_lpuart0>; + clocks = <&clk IMX8QXP_UART0_CLK>, + <&clk IMX8QXP_UART0_IPG_CLK>; + clock-names = "per", "ipg"; + power-domains = <&pd_dma_lpuart0>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/fsl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/fsl.txt index 1e775aaa5c5b..5074aeecd327 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/fsl.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/fsl.txt @@ -57,6 +57,50 @@ i.MX6SLL EVK board Required root node properties: - compatible = "fsl,imx6sll-evk", "fsl,imx6sll"; +i.MX6 Quad Plus SABRE Smart Device Board +Required root node properties: + - compatible = "fsl,imx6qp-sabresd", "fsl,imx6qp"; + +i.MX6 Quad Plus SABRE Automotive Board +Required root node properties: + - compatible = "fsl,imx6qp-sabreauto", "fsl,imx6qp"; + +i.MX6 DualLite SABRE Smart Device Board +Required root node properties: + - compatible = "fsl,imx6dl-sabresd", "fsl,imx6dl"; + +i.MX6 DualLite/Solo SABRE Automotive Board +Required root node properties: + - compatible = "fsl,imx6dl-sabreauto", "fsl,imx6dl"; + +i.MX6 SoloLite EVK Board +Required root node properties: + - compatible = "fsl,imx6sl-evk", "fsl,imx6sl"; + +i.MX6 UltraLite 14x14 EVK Board +Required root node properties: + - compatible = "fsl,imx6ul-14x14-evk", "fsl,imx6ul"; + +i.MX6 UltraLiteLite 14x14 EVK Board +Required root node properties: + - compatible = "fsl,imx6ull-14x14-evk", "fsl,imx6ull"; + +i.MX6 ULZ 14x14 EVK Board +Required root node properties: + - compatible = "fsl,imx6ulz-14x14-evk", "fsl,imx6ull", "fsl,imx6ulz"; + +i.MX6 SoloX SDB Board +Required root node properties: + - compatible = "fsl,imx6sx-sdb", "fsl,imx6sx"; + +i.MX6 SoloX Sabre Auto Board +Required root node properties: + - compatible = "fsl,imx6sx-sabreauto", "fsl,imx6sx"; + +i.MX7 SabreSD Board +Required root node properties: + - compatible = "fsl,imx7d-sdb", "fsl,imx7d"; + Generic i.MX boards ------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/hisilicon/hisilicon.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/hisilicon/hisilicon.txt index 199cd36fe1ba..a97f643e7d1c 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/hisilicon/hisilicon.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/hisilicon/hisilicon.txt @@ -8,6 +8,14 @@ HiKey960 Board Required root node properties: - compatible = "hisilicon,hi3660-hikey960", "hisilicon,hi3660"; +Hi3670 SoC +Required root node properties: + - compatible = "hisilicon,hi3670"; + +HiKey970 Board +Required root node properties: + - compatible = "hisilicon,hi3670-hikey970", "hisilicon,hi3670"; + Hi3798cv200 SoC Required root node properties: - compatible = "hisilicon,hi3798cv200"; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/keystone/ti,sci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/keystone/ti,sci.txt index 31f5f9a104cc..b56a02c10ae6 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/keystone/ti,sci.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/keystone/ti,sci.txt @@ -45,11 +45,15 @@ Optional Properties: debug_messages - Map the Debug message region - reg: register space corresponding to the debug_messages - ti,system-reboot-controller: If system reboot can be triggered by SoC reboot +- ti,host-id: Integer value corresponding to the host ID assigned by Firmware + for identification of host processing entities such as virtual + machines Example (K2G): ------------- pmmc: pmmc { compatible = "ti,k2g-sci"; + ti,host-id = <2>; mbox-names = "rx", "tx"; mboxes= <&msgmgr &msgmgr_proxy_pmmc_rx>, <&msgmgr &msgmgr_proxy_pmmc_tx>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,apmixedsys.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,apmixedsys.txt index b404d592ce58..4e4a3c0ab9ab 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,apmixedsys.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,apmixedsys.txt @@ -10,6 +10,7 @@ Required Properties: - "mediatek,mt2712-apmixedsys", "syscon" - "mediatek,mt6797-apmixedsys" - "mediatek,mt7622-apmixedsys" + - "mediatek,mt7623-apmixedsys", "mediatek,mt2701-apmixedsys" - "mediatek,mt8135-apmixedsys" - "mediatek,mt8173-apmixedsys" - #clock-cells: Must be 1 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,audsys.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,audsys.txt index 34a69ba67f13..d1606b2c3e63 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,audsys.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,audsys.txt @@ -8,6 +8,7 @@ Required Properties: - compatible: Should be one of: - "mediatek,mt2701-audsys", "syscon" - "mediatek,mt7622-audsys", "syscon" + - "mediatek,mt7623-audsys", "mediatek,mt2701-audsys", "syscon" - #clock-cells: Must be 1 The AUDSYS controller uses the common clk binding from diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,bdpsys.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,bdpsys.txt index 4010e37c53a0..149567a38215 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,bdpsys.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,bdpsys.txt @@ -8,6 +8,7 @@ Required Properties: - compatible: Should be: - "mediatek,mt2701-bdpsys", "syscon" - "mediatek,mt2712-bdpsys", "syscon" + - "mediatek,mt7623-bdpsys", "mediatek,mt2701-bdpsys", "syscon" - #clock-cells: Must be 1 The bdpsys controller uses the common clk binding from diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,ethsys.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,ethsys.txt index 8f5335b480ac..f17cfe64255d 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,ethsys.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,ethsys.txt @@ -8,6 +8,7 @@ Required Properties: - compatible: Should be: - "mediatek,mt2701-ethsys", "syscon" - "mediatek,mt7622-ethsys", "syscon" + - "mediatek,mt7623-ethsys", "mediatek,mt2701-ethsys", "syscon" - #clock-cells: Must be 1 - #reset-cells: Must be 1 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,hifsys.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,hifsys.txt index f5629d64cef2..323905af82c3 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,hifsys.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,hifsys.txt @@ -9,6 +9,7 @@ Required Properties: - compatible: Should be: - "mediatek,mt2701-hifsys", "syscon" - "mediatek,mt7622-hifsys", "syscon" + - "mediatek,mt7623-hifsys", "mediatek,mt2701-hifsys", "syscon" - #clock-cells: Must be 1 The hifsys controller uses the common clk binding from diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,imgsys.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,imgsys.txt index 868bd51a98be..3f99672163e3 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,imgsys.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,imgsys.txt @@ -9,6 +9,7 @@ Required Properties: - "mediatek,mt2701-imgsys", "syscon" - "mediatek,mt2712-imgsys", "syscon" - "mediatek,mt6797-imgsys", "syscon" + - "mediatek,mt7623-imgsys", "mediatek,mt2701-imgsys", "syscon" - "mediatek,mt8173-imgsys", "syscon" - #clock-cells: Must be 1 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,infracfg.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,infracfg.txt index 566f153f9f83..89f4272a1441 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,infracfg.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,infracfg.txt @@ -11,6 +11,7 @@ Required Properties: - "mediatek,mt2712-infracfg", "syscon" - "mediatek,mt6797-infracfg", "syscon" - "mediatek,mt7622-infracfg", "syscon" + - "mediatek,mt7623-infracfg", "mediatek,mt2701-infracfg", "syscon" - "mediatek,mt8135-infracfg", "syscon" - "mediatek,mt8173-infracfg", "syscon" - #clock-cells: Must be 1 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,mmsys.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,mmsys.txt index 4eb8bbe15c01..15d977afad31 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,mmsys.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,mmsys.txt @@ -9,6 +9,7 @@ Required Properties: - "mediatek,mt2701-mmsys", "syscon" - "mediatek,mt2712-mmsys", "syscon" - "mediatek,mt6797-mmsys", "syscon" + - "mediatek,mt7623-mmsys", "mediatek,mt2701-mmsys", "syscon" - "mediatek,mt8173-mmsys", "syscon" - #clock-cells: Must be 1 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,pericfg.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,pericfg.txt index fb58ca8c2770..6755514deb80 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,pericfg.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,pericfg.txt @@ -10,6 +10,7 @@ Required Properties: - "mediatek,mt2701-pericfg", "syscon" - "mediatek,mt2712-pericfg", "syscon" - "mediatek,mt7622-pericfg", "syscon" + - "mediatek,mt7623-pericfg", "mediatek,mt2701-pericfg", "syscon" - "mediatek,mt8135-pericfg", "syscon" - "mediatek,mt8173-pericfg", "syscon" - #clock-cells: Must be 1 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,topckgen.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,topckgen.txt index 24014a7e2332..d849465b8c99 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,topckgen.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,topckgen.txt @@ -10,6 +10,7 @@ Required Properties: - "mediatek,mt2712-topckgen", "syscon" - "mediatek,mt6797-topckgen" - "mediatek,mt7622-topckgen" + - "mediatek,mt7623-topckgen", "mediatek,mt2701-topckgen" - "mediatek,mt8135-topckgen" - "mediatek,mt8173-topckgen" - #clock-cells: Must be 1 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,vdecsys.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,vdecsys.txt index ea40d05089f8..3212afc753c8 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,vdecsys.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,vdecsys.txt @@ -9,6 +9,7 @@ Required Properties: - "mediatek,mt2701-vdecsys", "syscon" - "mediatek,mt2712-vdecsys", "syscon" - "mediatek,mt6797-vdecsys", "syscon" + - "mediatek,mt7623-vdecsys", "mediatek,mt2701-vdecsys", "syscon" - "mediatek,mt8173-vdecsys", "syscon" - #clock-cells: Must be 1 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/msm/qcom,kpss-acc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/msm/qcom,kpss-acc.txt index 1333db9acfee..7f696362a4a1 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/msm/qcom,kpss-acc.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/msm/qcom,kpss-acc.txt @@ -21,10 +21,29 @@ PROPERTIES the register region. An optional second element specifies the base address and size of the alias register region. +- clocks: + Usage: required + Value type: <prop-encoded-array> + Definition: reference to the pll parents. + +- clock-names: + Usage: required + Value type: <stringlist> + Definition: must be "pll8_vote", "pxo". + +- clock-output-names: + Usage: optional + Value type: <string> + Definition: Name of the output clock. Typically acpuX_aux where X is a + CPU number starting at 0. + Example: clock-controller@2088000 { compatible = "qcom,kpss-acc-v2"; reg = <0x02088000 0x1000>, <0x02008000 0x1000>; + clocks = <&gcc PLL8_VOTE>, <&gcc PXO_SRC>; + clock-names = "pll8_vote", "pxo"; + clock-output-names = "acpu0_aux"; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/msm/qcom,kpss-gcc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/msm/qcom,kpss-gcc.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..e628758950e1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/msm/qcom,kpss-gcc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +Krait Processor Sub-system (KPSS) Global Clock Controller (GCC) + +PROPERTIES + +- compatible: + Usage: required + Value type: <string> + Definition: should be one of the following. The generic compatible + "qcom,kpss-gcc" should also be included. + "qcom,kpss-gcc-ipq8064", "qcom,kpss-gcc" + "qcom,kpss-gcc-apq8064", "qcom,kpss-gcc" + "qcom,kpss-gcc-msm8974", "qcom,kpss-gcc" + "qcom,kpss-gcc-msm8960", "qcom,kpss-gcc" + +- reg: + Usage: required + Value type: <prop-encoded-array> + Definition: base address and size of the register region + +- clocks: + Usage: required + Value type: <prop-encoded-array> + Definition: reference to the pll parents. + +- clock-names: + Usage: required + Value type: <stringlist> + Definition: must be "pll8_vote", "pxo". + +- clock-output-names: + Usage: required + Value type: <string> + Definition: Name of the output clock. Typically acpu_l2_aux indicating + an L2 cache auxiliary clock. + +Example: + + l2cc: clock-controller@2011000 { + compatible = "qcom,kpss-gcc-ipq8064", "qcom,kpss-gcc"; + reg = <0x2011000 0x1000>; + clocks = <&gcc PLL8_VOTE>, <&gcc PXO_SRC>; + clock-names = "pll8_vote", "pxo"; + clock-output-names = "acpu_l2_aux"; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/msm/qcom,llcc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/msm/qcom,llcc.txt index 5e85749262ae..eaee06b2d8f2 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/msm/qcom,llcc.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/msm/qcom,llcc.txt @@ -16,11 +16,26 @@ Properties: - reg: Usage: required Value Type: <prop-encoded-array> - Definition: Start address and the the size of the register region. + Definition: The first element specifies the llcc base start address and + the size of the register region. The second element specifies + the llcc broadcast base address and size of the register region. + +- reg-names: + Usage: required + Value Type: <stringlist> + Definition: Register region names. Must be "llcc_base", "llcc_broadcast_base". + +- interrupts: + Usage: required + Definition: The interrupt is associated with the llcc edac device. + It's used for llcc cache single and double bit error detection + and reporting. Example: cache-controller@1100000 { compatible = "qcom,sdm845-llcc"; - reg = <0x1100000 0x250000>; + reg = <0x1100000 0x200000>, <0x1300000 0x50000> ; + reg-names = "llcc_base", "llcc_broadcast_base"; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 582 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/rockchip.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/rockchip.txt index acfd3c773dd0..0cc71236d639 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/rockchip.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/rockchip.txt @@ -5,6 +5,10 @@ Rockchip platforms device tree bindings Required root node properties: - compatible = "vamrs,ficus", "rockchip,rk3399"; +- 96boards RK3399 Rock960 (ROCK960 Consumer Edition) + Required root node properties: + - compatible = "vamrs,rock960", "rockchip,rk3399"; + - Amarula Vyasa RK3288 board Required root node properties: - compatible = "amarula,vyasa-rk3288", "rockchip,rk3288"; @@ -13,6 +17,10 @@ Rockchip platforms device tree bindings Required root node properties: - compatible = "asus,rk3288-tinker", "rockchip,rk3288"; +- Asus Tinker board S + Required root node properties: + - compatible = "asus,rk3288-tinker-s", "rockchip,rk3288"; + - Kylin RK3036 board: Required root node properties: - compatible = "rockchip,kylin-rk3036", "rockchip,rk3036"; @@ -59,6 +67,10 @@ Rockchip platforms device tree bindings Required root node properties: - compatible = "firefly,roc-rk3328-cc", "rockchip,rk3328"; +- Firefly ROC-RK3399-PC board: + Required root node properties: + - compatible = "firefly,roc-rk3399-pc", "rockchip,rk3399"; + - ChipSPARK PopMetal-RK3288 board: Required root node properties: - compatible = "chipspark,popmetal-rk3288", "rockchip,rk3288"; @@ -160,6 +172,10 @@ Rockchip platforms device tree bindings Required root node properties: - compatible = "pine64,rock64", "rockchip,rk3328"; +- Pine64 RockPro64 board: + Required root node properties: + - compatible = "pine64,rockpro64", "rockchip,rk3399"; + - Rockchip PX3 Evaluation board: Required root node properties: - compatible = "rockchip,px3-evb", "rockchip,px3", "rockchip,rk3188"; @@ -168,6 +184,10 @@ Rockchip platforms device tree bindings Required root node properties: - compatible = "rockchip,px5-evb", "rockchip,px5", "rockchip,rk3368"; +- Rockchip PX30 Evaluation board: + Required root node properties: + - compatible = "rockchip,px30-evb", "rockchip,px30"; + - Rockchip RV1108 Evaluation board Required root node properties: - compatible = "rockchip,rv1108-evb", "rockchip,rv1108"; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/scu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/scu.txt index 08a587875996..74d0a780ce51 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/scu.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/scu.txt @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ References: Example: -scu@a04100000 { +scu@a0410000 { compatible = "arm,cortex-a9-scu"; reg = <0xa0410000 0x100>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/shmobile.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/shmobile.txt index 89b4a389fbc7..58c4256d37a3 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/shmobile.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/shmobile.txt @@ -7,6 +7,8 @@ SoCs: compatible = "renesas,emev2" - RZ/A1H (R7S72100) compatible = "renesas,r7s72100" + - RZ/A2 (R7S9210) + compatible = "renesas,r7s9210" - SH-Mobile AG5 (R8A73A00/SH73A0) compatible = "renesas,sh73a0" - R-Mobile APE6 (R8A73A40) @@ -23,6 +25,10 @@ SoCs: compatible = "renesas,r8a7745" - RZ/G1C (R8A77470) compatible = "renesas,r8a77470" + - RZ/G2M (R8A774A1) + compatible = "renesas,r8a774a1" + - RZ/G2E (R8A774C0) + compatible = "renesas,r8a774c0" - R-Car M1A (R8A77781) compatible = "renesas,r8a7778" - R-Car H1 (R8A77790) @@ -107,6 +113,8 @@ Boards: compatible = "renesas,lager", "renesas,r8a7790" - M3ULCB (R-Car Starter Kit Pro, RTP0RC7796SKBX0010SA09 (M3 ES1.0)) compatible = "renesas,m3ulcb", "renesas,r8a7796" + - M3NULCB (R-Car Starter Kit Pro, RTP0RC77965SKBX010SA00 (M3-N ES1.1)) + compatible = "renesas,m3nulcb", "renesas,r8a77965" - Marzen (R0P7779A00010S) compatible = "renesas,marzen", "renesas,r8a7779" - Porter (M2-LCDP) @@ -143,12 +151,12 @@ Boards: compatible = "renesas,wheat", "renesas,r8a7792" -Most Renesas ARM SoCs have a Product Register that allows to retrieve SoC -product and revision information. If present, a device node for this register -should be added. +Most Renesas ARM SoCs have a Product Register or Boundary Scan ID Register that +allows to retrieve SoC product and revision information. If present, a device +node for this register should be added. Required properties: - - compatible: Must be "renesas,prr". + - compatible: Must be "renesas,prr" or "renesas,bsid" - reg: Base address and length of the register block. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell/marvell,berlin.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/syna.txt index 3bab18409b7a..2face46a5f64 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell/marvell,berlin.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/syna.txt @@ -1,4 +1,9 @@ -Marvell Berlin SoC Family Device Tree Bindings +Synaptics SoC Device Tree Bindings + +According to https://www.synaptics.com/company/news/conexant-marvell +Synaptics has acquired the Multimedia Solutions Business of Marvell, so +berlin SoCs are now Synaptics' SoCs now. + --------------------------------------------------------------- Work in progress statement: @@ -13,6 +18,10 @@ stable binding/ABI. --------------------------------------------------------------- +Boards with the Synaptics AS370 SoC shall have the following properties: + Required root node property: + compatible: "syna,as370" + Boards with a SoC of the Marvell Berlin family, e.g. Armada 1500 shall have the following properties: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra.txt index 32f62bb7006d..c59b15f64346 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra.txt @@ -47,12 +47,17 @@ board-specific compatible values: nvidia,ventana toradex,apalis_t30 toradex,apalis_t30-eval + toradex,apalis_t30-v1.1 + toradex,apalis_t30-v1.1-eval toradex,apalis-tk1 toradex,apalis-tk1-eval - toradex,colibri_t20-512 + toradex,apalis-tk1-v1.2 + toradex,apalis-tk1-v1.2-eval + toradex,colibri_t20 + toradex,colibri_t20-eval-v3 + toradex,colibri_t20-iris toradex,colibri_t30 toradex,colibri_t30-eval-v3 - toradex,iris Trusted Foundations ------------------------------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra/nvidia,tegra186-pmc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra/nvidia,tegra186-pmc.txt index 5a3bf7c5a7a0..c9fd6d1de57e 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra/nvidia,tegra186-pmc.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra/nvidia,tegra186-pmc.txt @@ -34,3 +34,96 @@ Board DTS: pmc@c360000 { nvidia,invert-interrupt; }; + +== Pad Control == + +On Tegra SoCs a pad is a set of pins which are configured as a group. +The pin grouping is a fixed attribute of the hardware. The PMC can be +used to set pad power state and signaling voltage. A pad can be either +in active or power down mode. The support for power state and signaling +voltage configuration varies depending on the pad in question. 3.3 V and +1.8 V signaling voltages are supported on pins where software +controllable signaling voltage switching is available. + +Pad configurations are described with pin configuration nodes which +are placed under the pmc node and they are referred to by the pinctrl +client properties. For more information see +Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-bindings.txt. + +The following pads are present on Tegra186: +csia csib dsi mipi-bias +pex-clk-bias pex-clk3 pex-clk2 pex-clk1 +usb0 usb1 usb2 usb-bias +uart audio hsic dbg +hdmi-dp0 hdmi-dp1 pex-cntrl sdmmc2-hv +sdmmc4 cam dsib dsic +dsid csic csid csie +dsif spi ufs dmic-hv +edp sdmmc1-hv sdmmc3-hv conn +audio-hv ao-hv + +Required pin configuration properties: + - pins: A list of strings, each of which contains the name of a pad + to be configured. + +Optional pin configuration properties: + - low-power-enable: Configure the pad into power down mode + - low-power-disable: Configure the pad into active mode + - power-source: Must contain either TEGRA_IO_PAD_VOLTAGE_1V8 or + TEGRA_IO_PAD_VOLTAGE_3V3 to select between signaling voltages. + The values are defined in + include/dt-bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-tegra-io-pad.h. + +Note: The power state can be configured on all of the above pads except + for ao-hv. Following pads have software configurable signaling + voltages: sdmmc2-hv, dmic-hv, sdmmc1-hv, sdmmc3-hv, audio-hv, + ao-hv. + +Pad configuration state example: + pmc: pmc@7000e400 { + compatible = "nvidia,tegra186-pmc"; + reg = <0 0x0c360000 0 0x10000>, + <0 0x0c370000 0 0x10000>, + <0 0x0c380000 0 0x10000>, + <0 0x0c390000 0 0x10000>; + reg-names = "pmc", "wake", "aotag", "scratch"; + + ... + + sdmmc1_3v3: sdmmc1-3v3 { + pins = "sdmmc1-hv"; + power-source = <TEGRA_IO_PAD_VOLTAGE_3V3>; + }; + + sdmmc1_1v8: sdmmc1-1v8 { + pins = "sdmmc1-hv"; + power-source = <TEGRA_IO_PAD_VOLTAGE_1V8>; + }; + + hdmi_off: hdmi-off { + pins = "hdmi"; + low-power-enable; + } + + hdmi_on: hdmi-on { + pins = "hdmi"; + low-power-disable; + } + }; + +Pinctrl client example: + sdmmc1: sdhci@3400000 { + ... + pinctrl-names = "sdmmc-3v3", "sdmmc-1v8"; + pinctrl-0 = <&sdmmc1_3v3>; + pinctrl-1 = <&sdmmc1_1v8>; + }; + + ... + + sor0: sor@15540000 { + ... + pinctrl-0 = <&hdmi_off>; + pinctrl-1 = <&hdmi_on>; + pinctrl-names = "hdmi-on", "hdmi-off"; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra/nvidia,tegra20-pmc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra/nvidia,tegra20-pmc.txt index a74b37b07e5c..cb12f33a247f 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra/nvidia,tegra20-pmc.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra/nvidia,tegra20-pmc.txt @@ -195,3 +195,106 @@ Example: power-domains = <&pd_audio>; ... }; + +== Pad Control == + +On Tegra SoCs a pad is a set of pins which are configured as a group. +The pin grouping is a fixed attribute of the hardware. The PMC can be +used to set pad power state and signaling voltage. A pad can be either +in active or power down mode. The support for power state and signaling +voltage configuration varies depending on the pad in question. 3.3 V and +1.8 V signaling voltages are supported on pins where software +controllable signaling voltage switching is available. + +The pad configuration state nodes are placed under the pmc node and they +are referred to by the pinctrl client properties. For more information +see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-bindings.txt. +The pad name should be used as the value of the pins property in pin +configuration nodes. + +The following pads are present on Tegra124 and Tegra132: +audio bb cam comp +csia csb cse dsi +dsib dsic dsid hdmi +hsic hv lvds mipi-bias +nand pex-bias pex-clk1 pex-clk2 +pex-cntrl sdmmc1 sdmmc3 sdmmc4 +sys_ddc uart usb0 usb1 +usb2 usb_bias + +The following pads are present on Tegra210: +audio audio-hv cam csia +csib csic csid csie +csif dbg debug-nonao dmic +dp dsi dsib dsic +dsid emmc emmc2 gpio +hdmi hsic lvds mipi-bias +pex-bias pex-clk1 pex-clk2 pex-cntrl +sdmmc1 sdmmc3 spi spi-hv +uart usb0 usb1 usb2 +usb3 usb-bias + +Required pin configuration properties: + - pins: Must contain name of the pad(s) to be configured. + +Optional pin configuration properties: + - low-power-enable: Configure the pad into power down mode + - low-power-disable: Configure the pad into active mode + - power-source: Must contain either TEGRA_IO_PAD_VOLTAGE_1V8 + or TEGRA_IO_PAD_VOLTAGE_3V3 to select between signaling voltages. + The values are defined in + include/dt-bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-tegra-io-pad.h. + +Note: The power state can be configured on all of the Tegra124 and + Tegra132 pads. None of the Tegra124 or Tegra132 pads support + signaling voltage switching. + +Note: All of the listed Tegra210 pads except pex-cntrl support power + state configuration. Signaling voltage switching is supported on + following Tegra210 pads: audio, audio-hv, cam, dbg, dmic, gpio, + pex-cntrl, sdmmc1, sdmmc3, spi, spi-hv, and uart. + +Pad configuration state example: + pmc: pmc@7000e400 { + compatible = "nvidia,tegra210-pmc"; + reg = <0x0 0x7000e400 0x0 0x400>; + clocks = <&tegra_car TEGRA210_CLK_PCLK>, <&clk32k_in>; + clock-names = "pclk", "clk32k_in"; + + ... + + sdmmc1_3v3: sdmmc1-3v3 { + pins = "sdmmc1"; + power-source = <TEGRA_IO_PAD_VOLTAGE_3V3>; + }; + + sdmmc1_1v8: sdmmc1-1v8 { + pins = "sdmmc1"; + power-source = <TEGRA_IO_PAD_VOLTAGE_1V8>; + }; + + hdmi_off: hdmi-off { + pins = "hdmi"; + low-power-enable; + } + + hdmi_on: hdmi-on { + pins = "hdmi"; + low-power-disable; + } + }; + +Pinctrl client example: + sdmmc1: sdhci@700b0000 { + ... + pinctrl-names = "sdmmc-3v3", "sdmmc-1v8"; + pinctrl-0 = <&sdmmc1_3v3>; + pinctrl-1 = <&sdmmc1_1v8>; + }; + ... + sor@54540000 { + ... + pinctrl-0 = <&hdmi_off>; + pinctrl-1 = <&hdmi_on>; + pinctrl-names = "hdmi-on", "hdmi-off"; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/ux500/boards.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/ux500/boards.txt index 0fa429534f49..89408de55bfd 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/ux500/boards.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/ux500/boards.txt @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ Example: <0xa0410100 0x100>; }; - scu@a04100000 { + scu@a0410000 { compatible = "arm,cortex-a9-scu"; reg = <0xa0410000 0x100>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/actions,owl-cmu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/actions,owl-cmu.txt index d1e60d297387..2ef86ae96df8 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/actions,owl-cmu.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/actions,owl-cmu.txt @@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ Required Properties: region. - clocks: Reference to the parent clocks ("hosc", "losc") - #clock-cells: should be 1. +- #reset-cells: should be 1. Each clock is assigned an identifier, and client nodes can use this identifier to specify the clock which they consume. @@ -36,6 +37,7 @@ Example: Clock Management Unit node: reg = <0x0 0xe0160000 0x0 0x1000>; clocks = <&hosc>, <&losc>; #clock-cells = <1>; + #reset-cells = <1>; }; Example: UART controller node that consumes clock generated by the clock diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/at91-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/at91-clock.txt index 8f8f95056f3d..e9f70fcdfe80 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/at91-clock.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/at91-clock.txt @@ -4,6 +4,8 @@ This binding uses the common clock binding[1]. [1] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt +Slow Clock controller: + Required properties: - compatible : shall be one of the following: "atmel,at91sam9x5-sckc" or @@ -16,84 +18,6 @@ Required properties: "atmel,at91sam9x5-clk-slow-rc-osc": at91 internal slow RC oscillator - - "atmel,<chip>-pmc": - at91 PMC (Power Management Controller) - All at91 specific clocks (clocks defined below) must be child - node of the PMC node. - <chip> can be: at91rm9200, at91sam9260, at91sam9261, - at91sam9263, at91sam9g45, at91sam9n12, at91sam9rl, at91sam9x5, - sama5d2, sama5d3 or sama5d4. - - "atmel,at91sam9x5-clk-slow" (under sckc node) - or - "atmel,at91sam9260-clk-slow" (under pmc node): - at91 slow clk - - "atmel,at91rm9200-clk-main-osc" - "atmel,at91sam9x5-clk-main-rc-osc" - at91 main clk sources - - "atmel,at91sam9x5-clk-main" - "atmel,at91rm9200-clk-main": - at91 main clock - - "atmel,at91rm9200-clk-master" or - "atmel,at91sam9x5-clk-master": - at91 master clock - - "atmel,at91sam9x5-clk-peripheral" or - "atmel,at91rm9200-clk-peripheral": - at91 peripheral clocks - - "atmel,at91rm9200-clk-pll" or - "atmel,at91sam9g45-clk-pll" or - "atmel,at91sam9g20-clk-pllb" or - "atmel,sama5d3-clk-pll": - at91 pll clocks - - "atmel,at91sam9x5-clk-plldiv": - at91 plla divisor - - "atmel,at91rm9200-clk-programmable" or - "atmel,at91sam9g45-clk-programmable" or - "atmel,at91sam9x5-clk-programmable": - at91 programmable clocks - - "atmel,at91sam9x5-clk-smd": - at91 SMD (Soft Modem) clock - - "atmel,at91rm9200-clk-system": - at91 system clocks - - "atmel,at91rm9200-clk-usb" or - "atmel,at91sam9x5-clk-usb" or - "atmel,at91sam9n12-clk-usb": - at91 usb clock - - "atmel,at91sam9x5-clk-utmi": - at91 utmi clock - - "atmel,sama5d4-clk-h32mx": - at91 h32mx clock - - "atmel,sama5d2-clk-generated": - at91 generated clock - - "atmel,sama5d2-clk-audio-pll-frac": - at91 audio fractional pll - - "atmel,sama5d2-clk-audio-pll-pad": - at91 audio pll CLK_AUDIO output pin - - "atmel,sama5d2-clk-audio-pll-pmc" - at91 audio pll output on AUDIOPLLCLK that feeds the PMC - and can be used by peripheral clock or generic clock - - "atmel,sama5d2-clk-i2s-mux" (under pmc node): - at91 I2S clock source selection - -Required properties for SCKC node: - reg : defines the IO memory reserved for the SCKC. - #size-cells : shall be 0 (reg is used to encode clk id). - #address-cells : shall be 1 (reg is used to encode clk id). @@ -109,428 +33,30 @@ For example: /* put at91 slow clocks here */ }; +Power Management Controller (PMC): -Required properties for internal slow RC oscillator: -- #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 0. -- clock-frequency : define the internal RC oscillator frequency. - -Optional properties: -- clock-accuracy : define the internal RC oscillator accuracy. - -For example: - slow_rc_osc: slow_rc_osc { - compatible = "atmel,at91sam9x5-clk-slow-rc-osc"; - clock-frequency = <32768>; - clock-accuracy = <50000000>; - }; - -Required properties for slow oscillator: -- #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 0. -- clocks : shall encode the main osc source clk sources (see atmel datasheet). +Required properties: +- compatible : shall be "atmel,<chip>-pmc", "syscon": + <chip> can be: at91rm9200, at91sam9260, at91sam9261, + at91sam9263, at91sam9g45, at91sam9n12, at91sam9rl, at91sam9g15, + at91sam9g25, at91sam9g35, at91sam9x25, at91sam9x35, at91sam9x5, + sama5d2, sama5d3 or sama5d4. +- #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 2. The first entry + is the type of the clock (core, system, peripheral or generated) and the + second entry its index as provided by the datasheet +- clocks : Must contain an entry for each entry in clock-names. +- clock-names: Must include the following entries: "slow_clk", "main_xtal" Optional properties: - atmel,osc-bypass : boolean property. Set this when a clock signal is directly provided on XIN. For example: - slow_osc: slow_osc { - compatible = "atmel,at91rm9200-clk-slow-osc"; - #clock-cells = <0>; - clocks = <&slow_xtal>; - }; - -Required properties for slow clock: -- #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 0. -- clocks : shall encode the slow clk sources (see atmel datasheet). - -For example: - clk32k: slck { - compatible = "atmel,at91sam9x5-clk-slow"; - #clock-cells = <0>; - clocks = <&slow_rc_osc &slow_osc>; - }; - -Required properties for PMC node: -- reg : defines the IO memory reserved for the PMC. -- #size-cells : shall be 0 (reg is used to encode clk id). -- #address-cells : shall be 1 (reg is used to encode clk id). -- interrupts : shall be set to PMC interrupt line. -- interrupt-controller : tell that the PMC is an interrupt controller. -- #interrupt-cells : must be set to 1. The first cell encodes the interrupt id, - and reflect the bit position in the PMC_ER/DR/SR registers. - You can use the dt macros defined in dt-bindings/clock/at91.h. - 0 (AT91_PMC_MOSCS) -> main oscillator ready - 1 (AT91_PMC_LOCKA) -> PLL A ready - 2 (AT91_PMC_LOCKB) -> PLL B ready - 3 (AT91_PMC_MCKRDY) -> master clock ready - 6 (AT91_PMC_LOCKU) -> UTMI PLL clock ready - 8 .. 15 (AT91_PMC_PCKRDY(id)) -> programmable clock ready - 16 (AT91_PMC_MOSCSELS) -> main oscillator selected - 17 (AT91_PMC_MOSCRCS) -> RC main oscillator stabilized - 18 (AT91_PMC_CFDEV) -> clock failure detected - -For example: - pmc: pmc@fffffc00 { - compatible = "atmel,sama5d3-pmc"; - interrupts = <1 4 7>; - interrupt-controller; - #interrupt-cells = <2>; - #size-cells = <0>; - #address-cells = <1>; - - /* put at91 clocks here */ - }; - -Required properties for main clock internal RC oscillator: -- interrupts : shall be set to "<0>". -- clock-frequency : define the internal RC oscillator frequency. - -Optional properties: -- clock-accuracy : define the internal RC oscillator accuracy. - -For example: - main_rc_osc: main_rc_osc { - compatible = "atmel,at91sam9x5-clk-main-rc-osc"; - interrupt-parent = <&pmc>; - interrupts = <0>; - clock-frequency = <12000000>; - clock-accuracy = <50000000>; - }; - -Required properties for main clock oscillator: -- interrupts : shall be set to "<0>". -- #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 0. -- clocks : shall encode the main osc source clk sources (see atmel datasheet). - -Optional properties: -- atmel,osc-bypass : boolean property. Specified if a clock signal is provided - on XIN. - - clock signal is directly provided on XIN pin. - -For example: - main_osc: main_osc { - compatible = "atmel,at91rm9200-clk-main-osc"; - interrupt-parent = <&pmc>; - interrupts = <0>; - #clock-cells = <0>; - clocks = <&main_xtal>; - }; - -Required properties for main clock: -- interrupts : shall be set to "<0>". -- #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 0. -- clocks : shall encode the main clk sources (see atmel datasheet). - -For example: - main: mainck { - compatible = "atmel,at91sam9x5-clk-main"; - interrupt-parent = <&pmc>; - interrupts = <0>; - #clock-cells = <0>; - clocks = <&main_rc_osc &main_osc>; - }; - -Required properties for master clock: -- interrupts : shall be set to "<3>". -- #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 0. -- clocks : shall be the master clock sources (see atmel datasheet) phandles. - e.g. "<&ck32k>, <&main>, <&plla>, <&pllb>". -- atmel,clk-output-range : minimum and maximum clock frequency (two u32 - fields). - e.g. output = <0 133000000>; <=> 0 to 133MHz. -- atmel,clk-divisors : master clock divisors table (four u32 fields). - 0 <=> reserved value. - e.g. divisors = <1 2 4 6>; -- atmel,master-clk-have-div3-pres : some SoC use the reserved value 7 in the - PRES field as CLOCK_DIV3 (e.g sam9x5). - -For example: - mck: mck { - compatible = "atmel,at91rm9200-clk-master"; - interrupt-parent = <&pmc>; - interrupts = <3>; - #clock-cells = <0>; - atmel,clk-output-range = <0 133000000>; - atmel,clk-divisors = <1 2 4 0>; - }; - -Required properties for peripheral clocks: -- #size-cells : shall be 0 (reg is used to encode clk id). -- #address-cells : shall be 1 (reg is used to encode clk id). -- clocks : shall be the master clock phandle. - e.g. clocks = <&mck>; -- name: device tree node describing a specific peripheral clock. - * #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 0. - * reg: peripheral id. See Atmel's datasheets to get a full - list of peripheral ids. - * atmel,clk-output-range : minimum and maximum clock frequency - (two u32 fields). Only valid on at91sam9x5-clk-peripheral - compatible IPs. - -For example: - periph: periphck { - compatible = "atmel,at91sam9x5-clk-peripheral"; - #size-cells = <0>; - #address-cells = <1>; - clocks = <&mck>; - - ssc0_clk { - #clock-cells = <0>; - reg = <2>; - atmel,clk-output-range = <0 133000000>; - }; - - usart0_clk { - #clock-cells = <0>; - reg = <3>; - atmel,clk-output-range = <0 66000000>; - }; - }; - - -Required properties for pll clocks: -- interrupts : shall be set to "<1>". -- #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 0. -- clocks : shall be the main clock phandle. -- reg : pll id. - 0 -> PLL A - 1 -> PLL B -- atmel,clk-input-range : minimum and maximum source clock frequency (two u32 - fields). - e.g. input = <1 32000000>; <=> 1 to 32MHz. -- #atmel,pll-clk-output-range-cells : number of cells reserved for pll output - range description. Sould be set to 2, 3 - or 4. - * 1st and 2nd cells represent the frequency range (min-max). - * 3rd cell is optional and represents the OUT field value for the given - range. - * 4th cell is optional and represents the ICPLL field (PLLICPR - register) -- atmel,pll-clk-output-ranges : pll output frequency ranges + optional parameter - depending on #atmel,pll-output-range-cells - property value. - -For example: - plla: pllack { - compatible = "atmel,at91sam9g45-clk-pll"; - interrupt-parent = <&pmc>; - interrupts = <1>; - #clock-cells = <0>; - clocks = <&main>; - reg = <0>; - atmel,clk-input-range = <2000000 32000000>; - #atmel,pll-clk-output-range-cells = <4>; - atmel,pll-clk-output-ranges = <74500000 800000000 0 0 - 69500000 750000000 1 0 - 64500000 700000000 2 0 - 59500000 650000000 3 0 - 54500000 600000000 0 1 - 49500000 550000000 1 1 - 44500000 500000000 2 1 - 40000000 450000000 3 1>; - }; - -Required properties for plldiv clocks (plldiv = pll / 2): -- #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 0. -- clocks : shall be the plla clock phandle. - -The pll divisor is equal to 2 and cannot be changed. - -For example: - plladiv: plladivck { - compatible = "atmel,at91sam9x5-clk-plldiv"; - #clock-cells = <0>; - clocks = <&plla>; - }; - -Required properties for programmable clocks: -- #size-cells : shall be 0 (reg is used to encode clk id). -- #address-cells : shall be 1 (reg is used to encode clk id). -- clocks : shall be the programmable clock source phandles. - e.g. clocks = <&clk32k>, <&main>, <&plla>, <&pllb>; -- name: device tree node describing a specific prog clock. - * #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 0. - * reg : programmable clock id (register offset from PCKx - register). - * interrupts : shall be set to "<(8 + id)>". - -For example: - prog: progck { - compatible = "atmel,at91sam9g45-clk-programmable"; - #size-cells = <0>; - #address-cells = <1>; - interrupt-parent = <&pmc>; - clocks = <&clk32k>, <&main>, <&plladiv>, <&utmi>, <&mck>; - - prog0 { - #clock-cells = <0>; - reg = <0>; - interrupts = <8>; - }; - - prog1 { - #clock-cells = <0>; - reg = <1>; - interrupts = <9>; - }; - }; - - -Required properties for smd clock: -- #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 0. -- clocks : shall be the smd clock source phandles. - e.g. clocks = <&plladiv>, <&utmi>; - -For example: - smd: smdck { - compatible = "atmel,at91sam9x5-clk-smd"; - #clock-cells = <0>; - clocks = <&plladiv>, <&utmi>; - }; - -Required properties for system clocks: -- #size-cells : shall be 0 (reg is used to encode clk id). -- #address-cells : shall be 1 (reg is used to encode clk id). -- name: device tree node describing a specific system clock. - * #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 0. - * reg: system clock id (bit position in SCER/SCDR/SCSR registers). - See Atmel's datasheet to get a full list of system clock ids. - -For example: - system: systemck { - compatible = "atmel,at91rm9200-clk-system"; - #address-cells = <1>; - #size-cells = <0>; - - ddrck { - #clock-cells = <0>; - reg = <2>; - clocks = <&mck>; - }; - - uhpck { - #clock-cells = <0>; - reg = <6>; - clocks = <&usb>; - }; - - udpck { - #clock-cells = <0>; - reg = <7>; - clocks = <&usb>; - }; - }; - - -Required properties for usb clock: -- #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 0. -- clocks : shall be the smd clock source phandles. - e.g. clocks = <&pllb>; -- atmel,clk-divisors (only available for "atmel,at91rm9200-clk-usb"): - usb clock divisor table. - e.g. divisors = <1 2 4 0>; - -For example: - usb: usbck { - compatible = "atmel,at91sam9x5-clk-usb"; - #clock-cells = <0>; - clocks = <&plladiv>, <&utmi>; - }; - - usb: usbck { - compatible = "atmel,at91rm9200-clk-usb"; - #clock-cells = <0>; - clocks = <&pllb>; - atmel,clk-divisors = <1 2 4 0>; - }; - - -Required properties for utmi clock: -- interrupts : shall be set to "<AT91_PMC_LOCKU IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>". -- #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 0. -- clocks : shall be the main clock source phandle. - -For example: - utmi: utmick { - compatible = "atmel,at91sam9x5-clk-utmi"; - interrupt-parent = <&pmc>; - interrupts = <AT91_PMC_LOCKU IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; - #clock-cells = <0>; - clocks = <&main>; - }; - -Required properties for 32 bits bus Matrix clock (h32mx clock): -- #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 0. -- clocks : shall be the master clock source phandle. - -For example: - h32ck: h32mxck { - #clock-cells = <0>; - compatible = "atmel,sama5d4-clk-h32mx"; - clocks = <&mck>; - }; - -Required properties for generated clocks: -- #size-cells : shall be 0 (reg is used to encode clk id). -- #address-cells : shall be 1 (reg is used to encode clk id). -- clocks : shall be the generated clock source phandles. - e.g. clocks = <&clk32k>, <&main>, <&plladiv>, <&utmi>, <&mck>, <&audio_pll_pmc>; -- name: device tree node describing a specific generated clock. - * #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 0. - * reg: peripheral id. See Atmel's datasheets to get a full - list of peripheral ids. - * atmel,clk-output-range : minimum and maximum clock frequency - (two u32 fields). - -For example: - gck { - compatible = "atmel,sama5d2-clk-generated"; - #address-cells = <1>; - #size-cells = <0>; - clocks = <&clk32k>, <&main>, <&plladiv>, <&utmi>, <&mck>, <&audio_pll_pmc>; - - tcb0_gclk: tcb0_gclk { - #clock-cells = <0>; - reg = <35>; - atmel,clk-output-range = <0 83000000>; - }; - - pwm_gclk: pwm_gclk { - #clock-cells = <0>; - reg = <38>; - atmel,clk-output-range = <0 83000000>; - }; - }; - -Required properties for I2S mux clocks: -- #size-cells : shall be 0 (reg is used to encode I2S bus id). -- #address-cells : shall be 1 (reg is used to encode I2S bus id). -- name: device tree node describing a specific mux clock. - * #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 0. - * clocks : shall be the mux clock parent phandles; shall be 2 phandles: - peripheral and generated clock; the first phandle shall belong to the - peripheral clock and the second one shall belong to the generated - clock; "clock-indices" property can be user to specify - the correct order. - * reg: I2S bus id of the corresponding mux clock. - e.g. reg = <0>; for i2s0, reg = <1>; for i2s1 - -For example: - i2s_clkmux { - compatible = "atmel,sama5d2-clk-i2s-mux"; - #address-cells = <1>; - #size-cells = <0>; - - i2s0muxck: i2s0_muxclk { - clocks = <&i2s0_clk>, <&i2s0_gclk>; - #clock-cells = <0>; - reg = <0>; - }; - - i2s1muxck: i2s1_muxclk { - clocks = <&i2s1_clk>, <&i2s1_gclk>; - #clock-cells = <0>; - reg = <1>; - }; + pmc: pmc@f0018000 { + compatible = "atmel,sama5d4-pmc", "syscon"; + reg = <0xf0018000 0x120>; + interrupts = <1 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH 7>; + #clock-cells = <2>; + clocks = <&clk32k>, <&main_xtal>; + clock-names = "slow_clk", "main_xtal"; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/hi3670-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/hi3670-clock.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..66f3697eca78 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/hi3670-clock.txt @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +* Hisilicon Hi3670 Clock Controller + +The Hi3670 clock controller generates and supplies clock to various +controllers within the Hi3670 SoC. + +Required Properties: + +- compatible: the compatible should be one of the following strings to + indicate the clock controller functionality. + + - "hisilicon,hi3670-crgctrl" + - "hisilicon,hi3670-pctrl" + - "hisilicon,hi3670-pmuctrl" + - "hisilicon,hi3670-sctrl" + - "hisilicon,hi3670-iomcu" + - "hisilicon,hi3670-media1-crg" + - "hisilicon,hi3670-media2-crg" + +- reg: physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped + region. + +- #clock-cells: should be 1. + +Each clock is assigned an identifier and client nodes use this identifier +to specify the clock which they consume. + +All these identifier could be found in <dt-bindings/clock/hi3670-clock.h>. + +Examples: + crg_ctrl: clock-controller@fff35000 { + compatible = "hisilicon,hi3670-crgctrl", "syscon"; + reg = <0x0 0xfff35000 0x0 0x1000>; + #clock-cells = <1>; + }; + + uart0: serial@fdf02000 { + compatible = "arm,pl011", "arm,primecell"; + reg = <0x0 0xfdf02000 0x0 0x1000>; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 74 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + clocks = <&crg_ctrl HI3670_CLK_GATE_UART0>, + <&crg_ctrl HI3670_PCLK>; + clock-names = "uartclk", "apb_pclk"; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx6q-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx6q-clock.txt index a45ca67a9d5f..e1308346e00d 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx6q-clock.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx6q-clock.txt @@ -6,6 +6,14 @@ Required properties: - interrupts: Should contain CCM interrupt - #clock-cells: Should be <1> +Optional properties: +- fsl,pmic-stby-poweroff: Configure CCM to assert PMIC_STBY_REQ signal + on power off. + Use this property if the SoC should be powered off by external power + management IC (PMIC) triggered via PMIC_STBY_REQ signal. + Boards that are designed to initiate poweroff on PMIC_ON_REQ signal should + be using "syscon-poweroff" driver instead. + The clock consumer should specify the desired clock by having the clock ID in its "clocks" phandle cell. See include/dt-bindings/clock/imx6qdl-clock.h for the full list of i.MX6 Quad and DualLite clock IDs. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ingenic,cgu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ingenic,cgu.txt index f8d4134ae409..ba5a442026b7 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ingenic,cgu.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ingenic,cgu.txt @@ -6,8 +6,11 @@ to provide many different clock signals derived from only 2 external source clocks. Required properties: -- compatible : Should be "ingenic,<soctype>-cgu". - For example "ingenic,jz4740-cgu" or "ingenic,jz4780-cgu". +- compatible : Should be one of: + * ingenic,jz4740-cgu + * ingenic,jz4725b-cgu + * ingenic,jz4770-cgu + * ingenic,jz4780-cgu - reg : The address & length of the CGU registers. - clocks : List of phandle & clock specifiers for clocks external to the CGU. Two such external clocks should be specified - first the external crystal diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,camcc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,camcc.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..c5eb6694fda9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,camcc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +Qualcomm Camera Clock & Reset Controller Binding +------------------------------------------------ + +Required properties : +- compatible : shall contain "qcom,sdm845-camcc". +- reg : shall contain base register location and length. +- #clock-cells : from common clock binding, shall contain 1. +- #reset-cells : from common reset binding, shall contain 1. +- #power-domain-cells : from generic power domain binding, shall contain 1. + +Example: + camcc: clock-controller@ad00000 { + compatible = "qcom,sdm845-camcc"; + reg = <0xad00000 0x10000>; + #clock-cells = <1>; + #reset-cells = <1>; + #power-domain-cells = <1>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,gcc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,gcc.txt index 664ea1fd6c76..52d9345c9927 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,gcc.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,gcc.txt @@ -19,6 +19,9 @@ Required properties : "qcom,gcc-msm8996" "qcom,gcc-msm8998" "qcom,gcc-mdm9615" + "qcom,gcc-qcs404" + "qcom,gcc-sdm630" + "qcom,gcc-sdm660" "qcom,gcc-sdm845" - reg : shall contain base register location and length diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,hfpll.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,hfpll.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..ec02a024424c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,hfpll.txt @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +High-Frequency PLL (HFPLL) + +PROPERTIES + +- compatible: + Usage: required + Value type: <string>: + shall contain only one of the following. The generic + compatible "qcom,hfpll" should be also included. + + "qcom,hfpll-ipq8064", "qcom,hfpll" + "qcom,hfpll-apq8064", "qcom,hfpll" + "qcom,hfpll-msm8974", "qcom,hfpll" + "qcom,hfpll-msm8960", "qcom,hfpll" + +- reg: + Usage: required + Value type: <prop-encoded-array> + Definition: address and size of HPLL registers. An optional second + element specifies the address and size of the alias + register region. + +- clocks: + Usage: required + Value type: <prop-encoded-array> + Definition: reference to the xo clock. + +- clock-names: + Usage: required + Value type: <stringlist> + Definition: must be "xo". + +- clock-output-names: + Usage: required + Value type: <string> + Definition: Name of the PLL. Typically hfpllX where X is a CPU number + starting at 0. Otherwise hfpll_Y where Y is more specific + such as "l2". + +Example: + +1) An HFPLL for the L2 cache. + + clock-controller@f9016000 { + compatible = "qcom,hfpll-ipq8064", "qcom,hfpll"; + reg = <0xf9016000 0x30>; + clocks = <&xo_board>; + clock-names = "xo"; + clock-output-names = "hfpll_l2"; + }; + +2) An HFPLL for CPU0. This HFPLL has the alias register region. + + clock-controller@f908a000 { + compatible = "qcom,hfpll-ipq8064", "qcom,hfpll"; + reg = <0xf908a000 0x30>, <0xf900a000 0x30>; + clocks = <&xo_board>; + clock-names = "xo"; + clock-output-names = "hfpll0"; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,krait-cc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,krait-cc.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..030ba60dab08 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,krait-cc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +Krait Clock Controller + +PROPERTIES + +- compatible: + Usage: required + Value type: <string> + Definition: must be one of: + "qcom,krait-cc-v1" + "qcom,krait-cc-v2" + +- #clock-cells: + Usage: required + Value type: <u32> + Definition: must be 1 + +- clocks: + Usage: required + Value type: <prop-encoded-array> + Definition: reference to the clock parents of hfpll, secondary muxes. + +- clock-names: + Usage: required + Value type: <stringlist> + Definition: must be "hfpll0", "hfpll1", "acpu0_aux", "acpu1_aux", "qsb". + +Example: + + kraitcc: clock-controller { + compatible = "qcom,krait-cc-v1"; + clocks = <&hfpll0>, <&hfpll1>, <&acpu0_aux>, <&acpu1_aux>, <qsb>; + clock-names = "hfpll0", "hfpll1", "acpu0_aux", "acpu1_aux", "qsb"; + #clock-cells = <1>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,cpg-mssr.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,cpg-mssr.txt index db542abadb75..916a601b76a7 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,cpg-mssr.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,cpg-mssr.txt @@ -13,9 +13,13 @@ They provide the following functionalities: Required Properties: - compatible: Must be one of: + - "renesas,r7s9210-cpg-mssr" for the r7s9210 SoC (RZ/A2) - "renesas,r8a7743-cpg-mssr" for the r8a7743 SoC (RZ/G1M) + - "renesas,r8a7744-cpg-mssr" for the r8a7744 SoC (RZ/G1N) - "renesas,r8a7745-cpg-mssr" for the r8a7745 SoC (RZ/G1E) - "renesas,r8a77470-cpg-mssr" for the r8a77470 SoC (RZ/G1C) + - "renesas,r8a774a1-cpg-mssr" for the r8a774a1 SoC (RZ/G2M) + - "renesas,r8a774c0-cpg-mssr" for the r8a774c0 SoC (RZ/G2E) - "renesas,r8a7790-cpg-mssr" for the r8a7790 SoC (R-Car H2) - "renesas,r8a7791-cpg-mssr" for the r8a7791 SoC (R-Car M2-W) - "renesas,r8a7792-cpg-mssr" for the r8a7792 SoC (R-Car V2H) @@ -35,12 +39,13 @@ Required Properties: - clocks: References to external parent clocks, one entry for each entry in clock-names - clock-names: List of external parent clock names. Valid names are: - - "extal" (r8a7743, r8a7745, r8a77470, r8a7790, r8a7791, r8a7792, - r8a7793, r8a7794, r8a7795, r8a7796, r8a77965, r8a77970, - r8a77980, r8a77990, r8a77995) - - "extalr" (r8a7795, r8a7796, r8a77965, r8a77970, r8a77980) - - "usb_extal" (r8a7743, r8a7745, r8a77470, r8a7790, r8a7791, r8a7793, - r8a7794) + - "extal" (r7s9210, r8a7743, r8a7744, r8a7745, r8a77470, r8a774a1, + r8a774c0, r8a7790, r8a7791, r8a7792, r8a7793, r8a7794, + r8a7795, r8a7796, r8a77965, r8a77970, r8a77980, r8a77990, + r8a77995) + - "extalr" (r8a774a1, r8a7795, r8a7796, r8a77965, r8a77970, r8a77980) + - "usb_extal" (r8a7743, r8a7744, r8a7745, r8a77470, r8a7790, r8a7791, + r8a7793, r8a7794) - #clock-cells: Must be 2 - For CPG core clocks, the two clock specifier cells must be "CPG_CORE" diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cpufreq/arm_big_little_dt.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cpufreq/arm_big_little_dt.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 2aa06ac0fac5..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cpufreq/arm_big_little_dt.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,65 +0,0 @@ -Generic ARM big LITTLE cpufreq driver's DT glue ------------------------------------------------ - -This is DT specific glue layer for generic cpufreq driver for big LITTLE -systems. - -Both required and optional properties listed below must be defined -under node /cpus/cpu@x. Where x is the first cpu inside a cluster. - -FIXME: Cpus should boot in the order specified in DT and all cpus for a cluster -must be present contiguously. Generic DT driver will check only node 'x' for -cpu:x. - -Required properties: -- operating-points: Refer to Documentation/devicetree/bindings/opp/opp.txt - for details - -Optional properties: -- clock-latency: Specify the possible maximum transition latency for clock, - in unit of nanoseconds. - -Examples: - -cpus { - #address-cells = <1>; - #size-cells = <0>; - - cpu@0 { - compatible = "arm,cortex-a15"; - reg = <0>; - next-level-cache = <&L2>; - operating-points = < - /* kHz uV */ - 792000 1100000 - 396000 950000 - 198000 850000 - >; - clock-latency = <61036>; /* two CLK32 periods */ - }; - - cpu@1 { - compatible = "arm,cortex-a15"; - reg = <1>; - next-level-cache = <&L2>; - }; - - cpu@100 { - compatible = "arm,cortex-a7"; - reg = <100>; - next-level-cache = <&L2>; - operating-points = < - /* kHz uV */ - 792000 950000 - 396000 750000 - 198000 450000 - >; - clock-latency = <61036>; /* two CLK32 periods */ - }; - - cpu@101 { - compatible = "arm,cortex-a7"; - reg = <101>; - next-level-cache = <&L2>; - }; -}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/csky/cpus.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/csky/cpus.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..ae79412f2680 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/csky/cpus.txt @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +================== +C-SKY CPU Bindings +================== + +The device tree allows to describe the layout of CPUs in a system through +the "cpus" node, which in turn contains a number of subnodes (ie "cpu") +defining properties for every cpu. + +Only SMP system need to care about the cpus node and single processor +needn't define cpus node at all. + +===================================== +cpus and cpu node bindings definition +===================================== + +- cpus node + + Description: Container of cpu nodes + + The node name must be "cpus". + + A cpus node must define the following properties: + + - #address-cells + Usage: required + Value type: <u32> + Definition: must be set to 1 + - #size-cells + Usage: required + Value type: <u32> + Definition: must be set to 0 + +- cpu node + + Description: Describes one of SMP cores + + PROPERTIES + + - device_type + Usage: required + Value type: <string> + Definition: must be "cpu" + - reg + Usage: required + Value type: <u32> + Definition: CPU index + - compatible: + Usage: required + Value type: <string> + Definition: must contain "csky", eg: + "csky,610" + "csky,807" + "csky,810" + "csky,860" + +Example: +-------- + + cpus { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + cpu@0 { + device_type = "cpu"; + reg = <0>; + status = "ok"; + }; + + cpu@1 { + device_type = "cpu"; + reg = <1>; + status = "ok"; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/atmel/hlcdc-dc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/atmel/hlcdc-dc.txt index 82f2acb3d374..0398aec488ac 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/atmel/hlcdc-dc.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/atmel/hlcdc-dc.txt @@ -15,6 +15,13 @@ Required children nodes: to external devices using the OF graph reprensentation (see ../graph.txt). At least one port node is required. +Optional properties in grandchild nodes: + Any endpoint grandchild node may specify a desired video interface + according to ../../media/video-interfaces.txt, specifically + - bus-width: recognized values are <12>, <16>, <18> and <24>, and + override any output mode selection heuristic, forcing "rgb444", + "rgb565", "rgb666" and "rgb888" respectively. + Example: hlcdc: hlcdc@f0030000 { @@ -50,3 +57,19 @@ Example: #pwm-cells = <3>; }; }; + +Example 2: With a video interface override to force rgb565; as above +but with these changes/additions: + + &hlcdc { + hlcdc-display-controller { + pinctrl-names = "default"; + pinctrl-0 = <&pinctrl_lcd_base &pinctrl_lcd_rgb565>; + + port@0 { + hlcdc_panel_output: endpoint@0 { + bus-width = <16>; + }; + }; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/lvds-transmitter.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/lvds-transmitter.txt index fd39ad34c383..50220190c203 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/lvds-transmitter.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/lvds-transmitter.txt @@ -22,7 +22,13 @@ among others. Required properties: -- compatible: Must be "lvds-encoder" +- compatible: Must be one or more of the following + - "ti,ds90c185" for the TI DS90C185 FPD-Link Serializer + - "lvds-encoder" for a generic LVDS encoder device + + When compatible with the generic version, nodes must list the + device-specific version corresponding to the device first + followed by the generic version. Required nodes: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/renesas,lvds.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/renesas,lvds.txt index 4f0ab3ed3b6f..3aeb0ec06fd0 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/renesas,lvds.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/renesas,lvds.txt @@ -14,10 +14,22 @@ Required properties: - "renesas,r8a7795-lvds" for R8A7795 (R-Car H3) compatible LVDS encoders - "renesas,r8a7796-lvds" for R8A7796 (R-Car M3-W) compatible LVDS encoders - "renesas,r8a77970-lvds" for R8A77970 (R-Car V3M) compatible LVDS encoders + - "renesas,r8a77980-lvds" for R8A77980 (R-Car V3H) compatible LVDS encoders + - "renesas,r8a77990-lvds" for R8A77990 (R-Car E3) compatible LVDS encoders - "renesas,r8a77995-lvds" for R8A77995 (R-Car D3) compatible LVDS encoders - reg: Base address and length for the memory-mapped registers -- clocks: A phandle + clock-specifier pair for the functional clock +- clocks: A list of phandles + clock-specifier pairs, one for each entry in + the clock-names property. +- clock-names: Name of the clocks. This property is model-dependent. + - The functional clock, which mandatory for all models, shall be listed + first, and shall be named "fck". + - On R8A77990 and R8A77995, the LVDS encoder can use the EXTAL or + DU_DOTCLKINx clocks. Those clocks are optional. When supplied they must be + named "extal" and "dclkin.x" respectively, with "x" being the DU_DOTCLKIN + numerical index. + - When the clocks property only contains the functional clock, the + clock-names property may be omitted. - resets: A phandle + reset specifier for the module reset Required nodes: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/ti,sn65dsi86.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/ti,sn65dsi86.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..0a3fbb53a16e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/ti,sn65dsi86.txt @@ -0,0 +1,87 @@ +SN65DSI86 DSI to eDP bridge chip +-------------------------------- + +This is the binding for Texas Instruments SN65DSI86 bridge. +http://www.ti.com/general/docs/lit/getliterature.tsp?genericPartNumber=sn65dsi86&fileType=pdf + +Required properties: +- compatible: Must be "ti,sn65dsi86" +- reg: i2c address of the chip, 0x2d as per datasheet +- enable-gpios: gpio specification for bridge_en pin (active high) + +- vccio-supply: A 1.8V supply that powers up the digital IOs. +- vpll-supply: A 1.8V supply that powers up the displayport PLL. +- vcca-supply: A 1.2V supply that powers up the analog circuits. +- vcc-supply: A 1.2V supply that powers up the digital core. + +Optional properties: +- interrupts-extended: Specifier for the SN65DSI86 interrupt line. + +- gpio-controller: Marks the device has a GPIO controller. +- #gpio-cells : Should be two. The first cell is the pin number and + the second cell is used to specify flags. + See ../../gpio/gpio.txt for more information. +- #pwm-cells : Should be one. See ../../pwm/pwm.txt for description of + the cell formats. + +- clock-names: should be "refclk" +- clocks: Specification for input reference clock. The reference + clock rate must be 12 MHz, 19.2 MHz, 26 MHz, 27 MHz or 38.4 MHz. + +- data-lanes: See ../../media/video-interface.txt +- lane-polarities: See ../../media/video-interface.txt + +- suspend-gpios: specification for GPIO1 pin on bridge (active low) + +Required nodes: +This device has two video ports. Their connections are modelled using the +OF graph bindings specified in Documentation/devicetree/bindings/graph.txt. + +- Video port 0 for DSI input +- Video port 1 for eDP output + +Example +------- + +edp-bridge@2d { + compatible = "ti,sn65dsi86"; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + reg = <0x2d>; + + enable-gpios = <&msmgpio 33 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; + suspend-gpios = <&msmgpio 34 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; + + interrupts-extended = <&gpio3 4 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_FALLING>; + + vccio-supply = <&pm8916_l17>; + vcca-supply = <&pm8916_l6>; + vpll-supply = <&pm8916_l17>; + vcc-supply = <&pm8916_l6>; + + clock-names = "refclk"; + clocks = <&input_refclk>; + + ports { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + port@0 { + reg = <0>; + + edp_bridge_in: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&dsi_out>; + }; + }; + + port@1 { + reg = <1>; + + edp_bridge_out: endpoint { + data-lanes = <2 1 3 0>; + lane-polarities = <0 1 0 1>; + remote-endpoint = <&edp_panel_in>; + }; + }; + }; +} diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/toshiba,tc358764.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/toshiba,tc358764.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..8f9abf28a8fa --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/toshiba,tc358764.txt @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +TC358764 MIPI-DSI to LVDS panel bridge + +Required properties: + - compatible: "toshiba,tc358764" + - reg: the virtual channel number of a DSI peripheral + - vddc-supply: core voltage supply, 1.2V + - vddio-supply: I/O voltage supply, 1.8V or 3.3V + - vddlvds-supply: LVDS1/2 voltage supply, 3.3V + - reset-gpios: a GPIO spec for the reset pin + +The device node can contain following 'port' child nodes, +according to the OF graph bindings defined in [1]: + 0: DSI Input, not required, if the bridge is DSI controlled + 1: LVDS Output, mandatory + +[1]: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt + +Example: + + bridge@0 { + reg = <0>; + compatible = "toshiba,tc358764"; + vddc-supply = <&vcc_1v2_reg>; + vddio-supply = <&vcc_1v8_reg>; + vddlvds-supply = <&vcc_3v3_reg>; + reset-gpios = <&gpd1 6 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + port@1 { + reg = <1>; + lvds_ep: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&panel_ep>; + }; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/exynos/exynos_dsim.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/exynos/exynos_dsim.txt index 2fff8b406f4c..be377786e8cd 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/exynos/exynos_dsim.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/exynos/exynos_dsim.txt @@ -21,6 +21,9 @@ Required properties: - samsung,pll-clock-frequency: specifies frequency of the oscillator clock - #address-cells, #size-cells: should be set respectively to <1> and <0> according to DSI host bindings (see MIPI DSI bindings [1]) + - samsung,burst-clock-frequency: specifies DSI frequency in high-speed burst + mode + - samsung,esc-clock-frequency: specifies DSI frequency in escape mode Optional properties: - power-domains: a phandle to DSIM power domain node @@ -29,25 +32,9 @@ Child nodes: Should contain DSI peripheral nodes (see MIPI DSI bindings [1]). Video interfaces: - Device node can contain video interface port nodes according to [2]. - The following are properties specific to those nodes: - - port node inbound: - - reg: (required) must be 0. - port node outbound: - - reg: (required) must be 1. - - endpoint node connected from mic node (reg = 0): - - remote-endpoint: specifies the endpoint in mic node. This node is required - for Exynos5433 mipi dsi. So mic can access to panel node - throughout this dsi node. - endpoint node connected to panel node (reg = 1): - - remote-endpoint: specifies the endpoint in panel node. This node is - required in all kinds of exynos mipi dsi to represent - the connection between mipi dsi and panel. - - samsung,burst-clock-frequency: specifies DSI frequency in high-speed burst - mode - - samsung,esc-clock-frequency: specifies DSI frequency in escape mode + Device node can contain following video interface port nodes according to [2]: + 0: RGB input, + 1: DSI output [1]: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/mipi-dsi-bus.txt [2]: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/mipi-dsi-bus.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/mipi-dsi-bus.txt index 973c27273772..a336599f6c03 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/mipi-dsi-bus.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/mipi-dsi-bus.txt @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ The following assumes that only a single peripheral is connected to a DSI host. Experience shows that this is true for the large majority of setups. DSI host --------- +======== In addition to the standard properties and those defined by the parent bus of a DSI host, the following properties apply to a node representing a DSI host. @@ -29,12 +29,24 @@ Required properties: - #size-cells: Should be 0. There are cases where it makes sense to use a different value here. See below. +Optional properties: +- clock-master: boolean. Should be enabled if the host is being used in + conjunction with another DSI host to drive the same peripheral. Hardware + supporting such a configuration generally requires the data on both the busses + to be driven by the same clock. Only the DSI host instance controlling this + clock should contain this property. + DSI peripheral --------------- +============== + +Peripherals with DSI as control bus, or no control bus +------------------------------------------------------ -Peripherals are represented as child nodes of the DSI host's node. Properties -described here apply to all DSI peripherals, but individual bindings may want -to define additional, device-specific properties. +Peripherals with the DSI bus as the primary control bus, or peripherals with +no control bus but use the DSI bus to transmit pixel data are represented +as child nodes of the DSI host's node. Properties described here apply to all +DSI peripherals, but individual bindings may want to define additional, +device-specific properties. Required properties: - reg: The virtual channel number of a DSI peripheral. Must be in the range @@ -49,9 +61,37 @@ case two alternative representations can be chosen: property is the number of the first virtual channel and the second cell is the number of consecutive virtual channels. -Example -------- +Peripherals with a different control bus +---------------------------------------- + +There are peripherals that have I2C/SPI (or some other non-DSI bus) as the +primary control bus, but are also connected to a DSI bus (mostly for the data +path). Connections between such peripherals and a DSI host can be represented +using the graph bindings [1], [2]. + +Peripherals that support dual channel DSI +----------------------------------------- + +Peripherals with higher bandwidth requirements can be connected to 2 DSI +busses. Each DSI bus/channel drives some portion of the pixel data (generally +left/right half of each line of the display, or even/odd lines of the display). +The graph bindings should be used to represent the multiple DSI busses that are +connected to this peripheral. Each DSI host's output endpoint can be linked to +an input endpoint of the DSI peripheral. + +[1] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/graph.txt +[2] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt +Examples +======== +- (1), (2) and (3) are examples of a DSI host and peripheral on the DSI bus + with different virtual channel configurations. +- (4) is an example of a peripheral on a I2C control bus connected to a + DSI host using of-graph bindings. +- (5) is an example of 2 DSI hosts driving a dual-channel DSI peripheral, + which uses I2C as its primary control bus. + +1) dsi-host { ... @@ -67,6 +107,7 @@ Example ... }; +2) dsi-host { ... @@ -82,6 +123,7 @@ Example ... }; +3) dsi-host { ... @@ -96,3 +138,98 @@ Example ... }; + +4) + i2c-host { + ... + + dsi-bridge@35 { + compatible = "..."; + reg = <0x35>; + + ports { + ... + + port { + bridge_mipi_in: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&host_mipi_out>; + }; + }; + }; + }; + }; + + dsi-host { + ... + + ports { + ... + + port { + host_mipi_out: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&bridge_mipi_in>; + }; + }; + }; + }; + +5) + i2c-host { + dsi-bridge@35 { + compatible = "..."; + reg = <0x35>; + + ports { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + port@0 { + reg = <0>; + dsi0_in: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&dsi0_out>; + }; + }; + + port@1 { + reg = <1>; + dsi1_in: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&dsi1_out>; + }; + }; + }; + }; + }; + + dsi0-host { + ... + + /* + * this DSI instance drives the clock for both the host + * controllers + */ + clock-master; + + ports { + ... + + port { + dsi0_out: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&dsi0_in>; + }; + }; + }; + }; + + dsi1-host { + ... + + ports { + ... + + port { + dsi1_out: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&dsi1_in>; + }; + }; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/innolux,tv123wam.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/innolux,p120zdg-bf1.txt index a9b35265fa13..513f03466aba 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/innolux,tv123wam.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/innolux,p120zdg-bf1.txt @@ -1,20 +1,22 @@ -Innolux TV123WAM 12.3 inch eDP 2K display panel +Innolux P120ZDG-BF1 12.02 inch eDP 2K display panel This binding is compatible with the simple-panel binding, which is specified in simple-panel.txt in this directory. Required properties: -- compatible: should be "innolux,tv123wam" +- compatible: should be "innolux,p120zdg-bf1" - power-supply: regulator to provide the supply voltage Optional properties: - enable-gpios: GPIO pin to enable or disable the panel - backlight: phandle of the backlight device attached to the panel +- no-hpd: If HPD isn't hooked up; add this property. Example: panel_edp: panel-edp { - compatible = "innolux,tv123wam"; + compatible = "innolux,p120zdg-bf1"; enable-gpios = <&msmgpio 31 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; power-supply = <&pm8916_l2>; backlight = <&backlight>; + no-hpd; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/simple-panel.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/simple-panel.txt index 45a457ad38f0..b2b872c710f2 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/simple-panel.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/simple-panel.txt @@ -11,6 +11,9 @@ Optional properties: - ddc-i2c-bus: phandle of an I2C controller used for DDC EDID probing - enable-gpios: GPIO pin to enable or disable the panel - backlight: phandle of the backlight device attached to the panel +- no-hpd: This panel is supposed to communicate that it's ready via HPD + (hot plug detect) signal, but the signal isn't hooked up so we should + hardcode the max delay from the panel spec when powering up the panel. Example: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/renesas,du.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/renesas,du.txt index ec9d34be2ff7..9de67be632d1 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/renesas,du.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/renesas,du.txt @@ -15,6 +15,8 @@ Required Properties: - "renesas,du-r8a7796" for R8A7796 (R-Car M3-W) compatible DU - "renesas,du-r8a77965" for R8A77965 (R-Car M3-N) compatible DU - "renesas,du-r8a77970" for R8A77970 (R-Car V3M) compatible DU + - "renesas,du-r8a77980" for R8A77980 (R-Car V3H) compatible DU + - "renesas,du-r8a77990" for R8A77990 (R-Car E3) compatible DU - "renesas,du-r8a77995" for R8A77995 (R-Car D3) compatible DU - reg: the memory-mapped I/O registers base address and length @@ -61,6 +63,8 @@ corresponding to each DU output. R8A7796 (R-Car M3-W) DPAD 0 HDMI 0 LVDS 0 - R8A77965 (R-Car M3-N) DPAD 0 HDMI 0 LVDS 0 - R8A77970 (R-Car V3M) DPAD 0 LVDS 0 - - + R8A77980 (R-Car V3H) DPAD 0 LVDS 0 - - + R8A77990 (R-Car E3) DPAD 0 LVDS 0 LVDS 1 - R8A77995 (R-Car D3) DPAD 0 LVDS 0 LVDS 1 - diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/rockchip/rockchip-vop.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/rockchip/rockchip-vop.txt index eeda3597011e..b79e5769f0ae 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/rockchip/rockchip-vop.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/rockchip/rockchip-vop.txt @@ -8,6 +8,9 @@ Required properties: - compatible: value should be one of the following "rockchip,rk3036-vop"; "rockchip,rk3126-vop"; + "rockchip,px30-vop-lit"; + "rockchip,px30-vop-big"; + "rockchip,rk3188-vop"; "rockchip,rk3288-vop"; "rockchip,rk3368-vop"; "rockchip,rk3366-vop"; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/sunxi/sun4i-drm.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/sunxi/sun4i-drm.txt index f8773ecb7525..7854fff4fc16 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/sunxi/sun4i-drm.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/sunxi/sun4i-drm.txt @@ -78,6 +78,7 @@ Required properties: - compatible: value must be one of: * "allwinner,sun8i-a83t-dw-hdmi" + * "allwinner,sun50i-a64-dw-hdmi", "allwinner,sun8i-a83t-dw-hdmi" - reg: base address and size of memory-mapped region - reg-io-width: See dw_hdmi.txt. Shall be 1. - interrupts: HDMI interrupt number @@ -96,6 +97,9 @@ Required properties: first port should be the input endpoint. The second should be the output, usually to an HDMI connector. +Optional properties: + - hvcc-supply: the VCC power supply of the controller + DWC HDMI PHY ------------ @@ -103,6 +107,7 @@ Required properties: - compatible: value must be one of: * allwinner,sun8i-a83t-hdmi-phy * allwinner,sun8i-h3-hdmi-phy + * allwinner,sun8i-r40-hdmi-phy * allwinner,sun50i-a64-hdmi-phy - reg: base address and size of memory-mapped region - clocks: phandles to the clocks feeding the HDMI PHY @@ -112,9 +117,9 @@ Required properties: - resets: phandle to the reset controller driving the PHY - reset-names: must be "phy" -H3 and A64 HDMI PHY require additional clocks: +H3, A64 and R40 HDMI PHY require additional clocks: - pll-0: parent of phy clock - - pll-1: second possible phy clock parent (A64 only) + - pll-1: second possible phy clock parent (A64/R40 only) TV Encoder ---------- @@ -151,6 +156,8 @@ Required properties: * allwinner,sun8i-v3s-tcon * allwinner,sun9i-a80-tcon-lcd * allwinner,sun9i-a80-tcon-tv + * "allwinner,sun50i-a64-tcon-lcd", "allwinner,sun8i-a83t-tcon-lcd" + * "allwinner,sun50i-a64-tcon-tv", "allwinner,sun8i-a83t-tcon-tv" - reg: base address and size of memory-mapped region - interrupts: interrupt associated to this IP - clocks: phandles to the clocks feeding the TCON. @@ -369,7 +376,11 @@ Required properties: * allwinner,sun8i-a83t-de2-mixer-0 * allwinner,sun8i-a83t-de2-mixer-1 * allwinner,sun8i-h3-de2-mixer-0 + * allwinner,sun8i-r40-de2-mixer-0 + * allwinner,sun8i-r40-de2-mixer-1 * allwinner,sun8i-v3s-de2-mixer + * allwinner,sun50i-a64-de2-mixer-0 + * allwinner,sun50i-a64-de2-mixer-1 - reg: base address and size of the memory-mapped region. - clocks: phandles to the clocks feeding the mixer * bus: the mixer interface clock @@ -403,6 +414,7 @@ Required properties: * allwinner,sun8i-r40-display-engine * allwinner,sun8i-v3s-display-engine * allwinner,sun9i-a80-display-engine + * allwinner,sun50i-a64-display-engine - allwinner,pipelines: list of phandle to the display engine frontends (DE 1.0) or mixers (DE 2.0) available. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/firmware/qcom,scm.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/firmware/qcom,scm.txt index fcf6979c0b6d..41f133a4e2fa 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/firmware/qcom,scm.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/firmware/qcom,scm.txt @@ -7,16 +7,23 @@ assorted actions. Required properties: - compatible: must contain one of the following: - * "qcom,scm-apq8064" for APQ8064 platforms - * "qcom,scm-msm8660" for MSM8660 platforms - * "qcom,scm-msm8690" for MSM8690 platforms - * "qcom,scm-msm8996" for MSM8996 platforms - * "qcom,scm-ipq4019" for IPQ4019 platforms - * "qcom,scm" for later processors (MSM8916, APQ8084, MSM8974, etc) -- clocks: One to three clocks may be required based on compatible. - * No clock required for "qcom,scm-msm8996", "qcom,scm-ipq4019" - * Only core clock required for "qcom,scm-apq8064", "qcom,scm-msm8660", and "qcom,scm-msm8960" - * Core, iface, and bus clocks required for "qcom,scm" + * "qcom,scm-apq8064" + * "qcom,scm-apq8084" + * "qcom,scm-msm8660" + * "qcom,scm-msm8916" + * "qcom,scm-msm8960" + * "qcom,scm-msm8974" + * "qcom,scm-msm8996" + * "qcom,scm-msm8998" + * "qcom,scm-ipq4019" + * "qcom,scm-sdm845" + and: + * "qcom,scm" +- clocks: Specifies clocks needed by the SCM interface, if any: + * core clock required for "qcom,scm-apq8064", "qcom,scm-msm8660" and + "qcom,scm-msm8960" + * core, iface and bus clocks required for "qcom,scm-apq8084", + "qcom,scm-msm8916" and "qcom,scm-msm8974" - clock-names: Must contain "core" for the core clock, "iface" for the interface clock and "bus" for the bus clock per the requirements of the compatible. - qcom,dload-mode: phandle to the TCSR hardware block and offset of the @@ -26,8 +33,10 @@ Example for MSM8916: firmware { scm { - compatible = "qcom,scm"; - clocks = <&gcc GCC_CRYPTO_CLK> , <&gcc GCC_CRYPTO_AXI_CLK>, <&gcc GCC_CRYPTO_AHB_CLK>; + compatible = "qcom,msm8916", "qcom,scm"; + clocks = <&gcc GCC_CRYPTO_CLK> , + <&gcc GCC_CRYPTO_AXI_CLK>, + <&gcc GCC_CRYPTO_AHB_CLK>; clock-names = "core", "bus", "iface"; }; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/firmware/xilinx/xlnx,zynqmp-firmware.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/firmware/xilinx/xlnx,zynqmp-firmware.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..614bac55df86 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/firmware/xilinx/xlnx,zynqmp-firmware.txt @@ -0,0 +1,82 @@ +----------------------------------------------------------------- +Device Tree Bindings for the Xilinx Zynq MPSoC Firmware Interface +----------------------------------------------------------------- + +The zynqmp-firmware node describes the interface to platform firmware. +ZynqMP has an interface to communicate with secure firmware. Firmware +driver provides an interface to firmware APIs. Interface APIs can be +used by any driver to communicate to PMUFW(Platform Management Unit). +These requests include clock management, pin control, device control, +power management service, FPGA service and other platform management +services. + +Required properties: + - compatible: Must contain: "xlnx,zynqmp-firmware" + - method: The method of calling the PM-API firmware layer. + Permitted values are: + - "smc" : SMC #0, following the SMCCC + - "hvc" : HVC #0, following the SMCCC + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +Device Tree Clock bindings for the Zynq Ultrascale+ MPSoC controlled using +Zynq MPSoC firmware interface +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +The clock controller is a h/w block of Zynq Ultrascale+ MPSoC clock +tree. It reads required input clock frequencies from the devicetree and acts +as clock provider for all clock consumers of PS clocks. + +See clock_bindings.txt for more information on the generic clock bindings. + +Required properties: + - #clock-cells: Must be 1 + - compatible: Must contain: "xlnx,zynqmp-clk" + - clocks: List of clock specifiers which are external input + clocks to the given clock controller. Please refer + the next section to find the input clocks for a + given controller. + - clock-names: List of clock names which are exteral input clocks + to the given clock controller. Please refer to the + clock bindings for more details. + +Input clocks for zynqmp Ultrascale+ clock controller: + +The Zynq UltraScale+ MPSoC has one primary and four alternative reference clock +inputs. These required clock inputs are: + - pss_ref_clk (PS reference clock) + - video_clk (reference clock for video system ) + - pss_alt_ref_clk (alternative PS reference clock) + - aux_ref_clk + - gt_crx_ref_clk (transceiver reference clock) + +The following strings are optional parameters to the 'clock-names' property in +order to provide an optional (E)MIO clock source: + - swdt0_ext_clk + - swdt1_ext_clk + - gem0_emio_clk + - gem1_emio_clk + - gem2_emio_clk + - gem3_emio_clk + - mio_clk_XX # with XX = 00..77 + - mio_clk_50_or_51 #for the mux clock to gem tsu from 50 or 51 + + +Output clocks are registered based on clock information received +from firmware. Output clocks indexes are mentioned in +include/dt-bindings/clock/xlnx,zynqmp-clk.h. + +------- +Example +------- + +firmware { + zynqmp_firmware: zynqmp-firmware { + compatible = "xlnx,zynqmp-firmware"; + method = "smc"; + zynqmp_clk: clock-controller { + #clock-cells = <1>; + compatible = "xlnx,zynqmp-clk"; + clocks = <&pss_ref_clk>, <&video_clk>, <&pss_alt_ref_clk>, <&aux_ref_clk>, <>_crx_ref_clk>; + clock-names = "pss_ref_clk", "video_clk", "pss_alt_ref_clk","aux_ref_clk", "gt_crx_ref_clk"; + }; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-designware.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-designware.txt index fbb0a6d8b964..3e4bcc2fb6f7 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-designware.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-designware.txt @@ -3,6 +3,7 @@ Required properties : - compatible : should be "snps,designware-i2c" + or "mscc,ocelot-i2c" with "snps,designware-i2c" for fallback - reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device - interrupts : <IRQ> where IRQ is the interrupt number. @@ -11,8 +12,12 @@ Recommended properties : - clock-frequency : desired I2C bus clock frequency in Hz. Optional properties : + - reg : for "mscc,ocelot-i2c", a second register set to configure the SDA hold + time, named ICPU_CFG:TWI_DELAY in the datasheet. + - i2c-sda-hold-time-ns : should contain the SDA hold time in nanoseconds. - This option is only supported in hardware blocks version 1.11a or newer. + This option is only supported in hardware blocks version 1.11a or newer and + on Microsemi SoCs ("mscc,ocelot-i2c" compatible). - i2c-scl-falling-time-ns : should contain the SCL falling time in nanoseconds. This value which is by default 300ns is used to compute the tLOW period. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-imx-lpi2c.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-imx-lpi2c.txt index 091c8dfd3229..b245363d6d60 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-imx-lpi2c.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-imx-lpi2c.txt @@ -3,6 +3,7 @@ Required properties: - compatible : - "fsl,imx7ulp-lpi2c" for LPI2C compatible with the one integrated on i.MX7ULP soc + - "fsl,imx8qxp-lpi2c" for LPI2C compatible with the one integrated on i.MX8QXP soc - reg : address and length of the lpi2c master registers - interrupts : lpi2c interrupt - clocks : lpi2c clock specifier diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-omap.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-omap.txt index 7e49839d4124..4b90ba9f31b7 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-omap.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-omap.txt @@ -1,8 +1,12 @@ I2C for OMAP platforms Required properties : -- compatible : Must be "ti,omap2420-i2c", "ti,omap2430-i2c", "ti,omap3-i2c" - or "ti,omap4-i2c" +- compatible : Must be + "ti,omap2420-i2c" for OMAP2420 SoCs + "ti,omap2430-i2c" for OMAP2430 SoCs + "ti,omap3-i2c" for OMAP3 SoCs + "ti,omap4-i2c" for OMAP4+ SoCs + "ti,am654-i2c", "ti,omap4-i2c" for AM654 SoCs - ti,hwmods : Must be "i2c<n>", n being the instance number (1-based) - #address-cells = <1>; - #size-cells = <0>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-rcar.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-rcar.txt index 39cd21d95810..30c0485b167b 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-rcar.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-rcar.txt @@ -3,7 +3,9 @@ I2C for R-Car platforms Required properties: - compatible: "renesas,i2c-r8a7743" if the device is a part of a R8A7743 SoC. + "renesas,i2c-r8a7744" if the device is a part of a R8A7744 SoC. "renesas,i2c-r8a7745" if the device is a part of a R8A7745 SoC. + "renesas,i2c-r8a77470" if the device is a part of a R8A77470 SoC. "renesas,i2c-r8a774a1" if the device is a part of a R8A774A1 SoC. "renesas,i2c-r8a7778" if the device is a part of a R8A7778 SoC. "renesas,i2c-r8a7779" if the device is a part of a R8A7779 SoC. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-sh_mobile.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-sh_mobile.txt index 872673adff5a..d81b62643655 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-sh_mobile.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-sh_mobile.txt @@ -5,6 +5,7 @@ Required properties: - "renesas,iic-r8a73a4" (R-Mobile APE6) - "renesas,iic-r8a7740" (R-Mobile A1) - "renesas,iic-r8a7743" (RZ/G1M) + - "renesas,iic-r8a7744" (RZ/G1N) - "renesas,iic-r8a7745" (RZ/G1E) - "renesas,iic-r8a774a1" (RZ/G2M) - "renesas,iic-r8a7790" (R-Car H2) diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/accel/adxl372.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/accel/adxl372.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..a289964756a7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/accel/adxl372.txt @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +Analog Devices ADXL372 3-Axis, +/-(200g) Digital Accelerometer + +http://www.analog.com/media/en/technical-documentation/data-sheets/adxl372.pdf + +Required properties: + - compatible : should be "adi,adxl372" + - reg: the I2C address or SPI chip select number for the device + +Required properties for SPI bus usage: + - spi-max-frequency: Max SPI frequency to use + +Optional properties: + - interrupts: interrupt mapping for IRQ as documented in + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/interrupts.txt + +Example for a I2C device node: + + accelerometer@53 { + compatible = "adi,adxl372"; + reg = <0x53>; + interrupt-parent = <&gpio>; + interrupts = <25 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_FALLING>; + }; + +Example for a SPI device node: + + accelerometer@0 { + compatible = "adi,adxl372"; + reg = <0>; + spi-max-frequency = <1000000>; + interrupt-parent = <&gpio>; + interrupts = <25 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_FALLING>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/mcp3911.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/mcp3911.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..3071f48fb30b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/mcp3911.txt @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +* Microchip MCP3911 Dual channel analog front end (ADC) + +Required properties: + - compatible: Should be "microchip,mcp3911" + - reg: SPI chip select number for the device + +Recommended properties: + - spi-max-frequency: Definition as per + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-bus.txt. + Max frequency for this chip is 20MHz. + +Optional properties: + - clocks: Phandle and clock identifier for sampling clock + - interrupt-parent: Phandle to the parent interrupt controller + - interrupts: IRQ line for the ADC + - microchip,device-addr: Device address when multiple MCP3911 chips are present on the + same SPI bus. Valid values are 0-3. Defaults to 0. + - vref-supply: Phandle to the external reference voltage supply. + +Example: +adc@0 { + compatible = "microchip,mcp3911"; + reg = <0>; + interrupt-parent = <&gpio5>; + interrupts = <15 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING>; + spi-max-frequency = <20000000>; + microchip,device-addr = <0>; + vref-supply = <&vref_reg>; + clocks = <&xtal>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/qcom,spmi-vadc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/qcom,spmi-vadc.txt index 0fb46137f936..b3c86f4ac7cd 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/qcom,spmi-vadc.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/qcom,spmi-vadc.txt @@ -1,7 +1,9 @@ -Qualcomm's SPMI PMIC voltage ADC +Qualcomm's SPMI PMIC ADC -SPMI PMIC voltage ADC (VADC) provides interface to clients to read -voltage. The VADC is a 15-bit sigma-delta ADC. +- SPMI PMIC voltage ADC (VADC) provides interface to clients to read + voltage. The VADC is a 15-bit sigma-delta ADC. +- SPMI PMIC5 voltage ADC (ADC) provides interface to clients to read + voltage. The VADC is a 16-bit sigma-delta ADC. VADC node: @@ -9,11 +11,13 @@ VADC node: Usage: required Value type: <string> Definition: Should contain "qcom,spmi-vadc". + Should contain "qcom,spmi-adc5" for PMIC5 ADC driver. + Should contain "qcom,spmi-adc-rev2" for PMIC rev2 ADC driver. - reg: Usage: required Value type: <prop-encoded-array> - Definition: VADC base address and length in the SPMI PMIC register map. + Definition: VADC base address in the SPMI PMIC register map. - #address-cells: Usage: required @@ -45,13 +49,26 @@ Channel node properties: Definition: ADC channel number. See include/dt-bindings/iio/qcom,spmi-vadc.h +- label: + Usage: required for "qcom,spmi-adc5" and "qcom,spmi-adc-rev2" + Value type: <empty> + Definition: ADC input of the platform as seen in the schematics. + For thermistor inputs connected to generic AMUX or GPIO inputs + these can vary across platform for the same pins. Hence select + the platform schematics name for this channel. + - qcom,decimation: Usage: optional Value type: <u32> Definition: This parameter is used to decrease ADC sampling rate. Quicker measurements can be made by reducing decimation ratio. - Valid values are 512, 1024, 2048, 4096. - If property is not found, default value of 512 will be used. + - For compatible property "qcom,spmi-vadc", valid values are + 512, 1024, 2048, 4096. If property is not found, default value + of 512 will be used. + - For compatible property "qcom,spmi-adc5", valid values are 250, 420 + and 840. If property is not found, default value of 840 is used. + - For compatible property "qcom,spmi-adc-rev2", valid values are 256, + 512 and 1024. If property is not present, default value is 1024. - qcom,pre-scaling: Usage: optional @@ -66,21 +83,38 @@ Channel node properties: - qcom,ratiometric: Usage: optional Value type: <empty> - Definition: Channel calibration type. If this property is specified - VADC will use the VDD reference (1.8V) and GND for channel - calibration. If property is not found, channel will be - calibrated with 0.625V and 1.25V reference channels, also - known as absolute calibration. + Definition: Channel calibration type. + - For compatible property "qcom,spmi-vadc", if this property is + specified VADC will use the VDD reference (1.8V) and GND for + channel calibration. If property is not found, channel will be + calibrated with 0.625V and 1.25V reference channels, also + known as absolute calibration. + - For compatible property "qcom,spmi-adc5" and "qcom,spmi-adc-rev2", + if this property is specified VADC will use the VDD reference + (1.875V) and GND for channel calibration. If property is not found, + channel will be calibrated with 0V and 1.25V reference channels, + also known as absolute calibration. - qcom,hw-settle-time: Usage: optional Value type: <u32> Definition: Time between AMUX getting configured and the ADC starting - conversion. Delay = 100us * (value) for value < 11, and - 2ms * (value - 10) otherwise. - Valid values are: 0, 100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800, - 900 us and 1, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10 ms - If property is not found, channel will use 0us. + conversion. The 'hw_settle_time' is an index used from valid values + and programmed in hardware to achieve the hardware settling delay. + - For compatible property "qcom,spmi-vadc" and "qcom,spmi-adc-rev2", + Delay = 100us * (hw_settle_time) for hw_settle_time < 11, + and 2ms * (hw_settle_time - 10) otherwise. + Valid values are: 0, 100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800, + 900 us and 1, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10 ms. + If property is not found, channel will use 0us. + - For compatible property "qcom,spmi-adc5", delay = 15us for + value 0, 100us * (value) for values < 11, + and 2ms * (value - 10) otherwise. + Valid values are: 15, 100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800, + 900 us and 1, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10 ms + Certain controller digital versions have valid values of + 15, 100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700, 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128 ms + If property is not found, channel will use 15us. - qcom,avg-samples: Usage: optional @@ -89,13 +123,18 @@ Channel node properties: Averaging provides the option to obtain a single measurement from the ADC that is an average of multiple samples. The value selected is 2^(value). - Valid values are: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512 - If property is not found, 1 sample will be used. + - For compatible property "qcom,spmi-vadc", valid values + are: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512 + If property is not found, 1 sample will be used. + - For compatible property "qcom,spmi-adc5" and "qcom,spmi-adc-rev2", + valid values are: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16 + If property is not found, 1 sample will be used. NOTE: -Following channels, also known as reference point channels, are used for -result calibration and their channel configuration nodes should be defined: +For compatible property "qcom,spmi-vadc" following channels, also known as +reference point channels, are used for result calibration and their channel +configuration nodes should be defined: VADC_REF_625MV and/or VADC_SPARE1(based on PMIC version) VADC_REF_1250MV, VADC_GND_REF and VADC_VDD_VADC. @@ -104,7 +143,7 @@ Example: /* VADC node */ pmic_vadc: vadc@3100 { compatible = "qcom,spmi-vadc"; - reg = <0x3100 0x100>; + reg = <0x3100>; interrupts = <0x0 0x31 0x0 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING>; #address-cells = <1>; #size-cells = <0>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/sprd,sc27xx-adc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/sprd,sc27xx-adc.txt index 8aad960de50b..b4daa15dcf15 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/sprd,sc27xx-adc.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/sprd,sc27xx-adc.txt @@ -12,6 +12,8 @@ Required properties: - interrupts: The interrupt number for the ADC device. - #io-channel-cells: Number of cells in an IIO specifier. - hwlocks: Reference to a phandle of a hwlock provider node. +- nvmem-cells: A phandle to the calibration cells provided by eFuse device. +- nvmem-cell-names: Should be "big_scale_calib", "small_scale_calib". Example: @@ -32,5 +34,7 @@ Example: interrupts = <0 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; #io-channel-cells = <1>; hwlocks = <&hwlock 4>; + nvmem-cells = <&adc_big_scale>, <&adc_small_scale>; + nvmem-cell-names = "big_scale_calib", "small_scale_calib"; }; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/dac/ad5758.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/dac/ad5758.txt index bba01a5cab1b..2f607f41f9d3 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/dac/ad5758.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/dac/ad5758.txt @@ -50,6 +50,9 @@ Required properties: Optional properties: + - reset-gpios : GPIO spec for the RESET pin. If specified, it will be + asserted during driver probe. + - adi,dc-dc-ilim-microamp: The dc-to-dc converter current limit The following values are currently supported [uA]: * 150000 @@ -71,6 +74,8 @@ AD5758 Example: spi-max-frequency = <1000000>; spi-cpha; + reset-gpios = <&gpio 22 0>; + adi,dc-dc-mode = <2>; adi,range-microvolt = <0 10000000>; adi,dc-dc-ilim-microamp = <200000>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/dac/ltc1660.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/dac/ltc1660.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..c5b5f22d6c64 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/dac/ltc1660.txt @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +* Linear Technology Micropower octal 8-Bit and 10-Bit DACs + +Required properties: + - compatible: Must be one of the following: + "lltc,ltc1660" + "lltc,ltc1665" + - reg: SPI chip select number for the device + - vref-supply: Phandle to the voltage reference supply + +Recommended properties: + - spi-max-frequency: Definition as per + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-bus.txt. + Max frequency for this chip is 5 MHz. + +Example: +dac@0 { + compatible = "lltc,ltc1660"; + reg = <0>; + spi-max-frequency = <5000000>; + vref-supply = <&vref_reg>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/imu/inv_mpu6050.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/imu/inv_mpu6050.txt index b2f27da847b8..6ab9a9d196b0 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/imu/inv_mpu6050.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/imu/inv_mpu6050.txt @@ -20,6 +20,7 @@ Required properties: bindings. Optional properties: + - vddio-supply: regulator phandle for VDDIO supply - mount-matrix: an optional 3x3 mounting rotation matrix - i2c-gate node. These devices also support an auxiliary i2c bus. This is simple enough to be described using the i2c-gate binding. See diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/imu/st_lsm6dsx.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/imu/st_lsm6dsx.txt index ea2d6e0ae4c5..879322ad50fd 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/imu/st_lsm6dsx.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/imu/st_lsm6dsx.txt @@ -7,6 +7,7 @@ Required properties: "st,lsm6dsl" "st,lsm6dsm" "st,ism330dlc" + "st,lsm6dso" - reg: i2c address of the sensor / spi cs line Optional properties: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/light/bh1750.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/light/bh1750.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..1e7685797d7a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/light/bh1750.txt @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +ROHM BH1750 - ALS, Ambient light sensor + +Required properties: + +- compatible: Must be one of: + "rohm,bh1710" + "rohm,bh1715" + "rohm,bh1721" + "rohm,bh1750" + "rohm,bh1751" +- reg: the I2C address of the sensor + +Example: + +light-sensor@23 { + compatible = "rohm,bh1750"; + reg = <0x23>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/light/tsl2772.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/light/tsl2772.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..1c5e6f17a1df --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/light/tsl2772.txt @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +* AMS/TAOS ALS and proximity sensor + +Required properties: + + - compatible: Should be one of + "amstaos,tsl2571" + "amstaos,tsl2671" + "amstaos,tmd2671" + "amstaos,tsl2771" + "amstaos,tmd2771" + "amstaos,tsl2572" + "amstaos,tsl2672" + "amstaos,tmd2672" + "amstaos,tsl2772" + "amstaos,tmd2772" + "avago,apds9930" + - reg: the I2C address of the device + +Optional properties: + + - amstaos,proximity-diodes - proximity diodes to enable. <0>, <1>, or <0 1> + are the only valid values. + - led-max-microamp - current for the proximity LED. Must be 100000, 50000, + 25000, or 13000. + - vdd-supply: phandle to the regulator that provides power to the sensor. + - vddio-supply: phandle to the regulator that provides power to the bus. + - interrupts: the sole interrupt generated by the device + + Refer to interrupt-controller/interrupts.txt for generic interrupt client + node bindings. + +Example: + +tsl2772@39 { + compatible = "amstaos,tsl2772"; + reg = <0x39>; + interrupts-extended = <&msmgpio 61 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_FALLING>; + vdd-supply = <&pm8941_l17>; + vddio-supply = <&pm8941_lvs1>; + amstaos,proximity-diodes = <0>; + led-max-microamp = <100000>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/proximity/vl53l0x.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/proximity/vl53l0x.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..aac5f621f8dc --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/proximity/vl53l0x.txt @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +ST VL53L0X ToF ranging sensor + +Required properties: + - compatible: must be "st,vl53l0x" + - reg: i2c address where to find the device + +Example: + +vl53l0x@29 { + compatible = "st,vl53l0x"; + reg = <0x29>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/pwm-vibrator.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/pwm-vibrator.txt index 09145d18491d..88c775a3fe21 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/pwm-vibrator.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/pwm-vibrator.txt @@ -58,8 +58,8 @@ Example from Motorola Droid 4: vibrator { compatible = "pwm-vibrator"; - pwms = <&pwm8 0 1000000000 0>, - <&pwm9 0 1000000000 0>; + pwms = <&pwm9 0 1000000000 0>, + <&pwm8 0 1000000000 0>; pwm-names = "enable", "direction"; direction-duty-cycle-ns = <1000000000>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/touchscreen.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/touchscreen.txt index d092d5d033a0..8641a2d70851 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/touchscreen.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/touchscreen.txt @@ -1,10 +1,12 @@ General Touchscreen Properties: Optional properties for Touchscreens: + - touchscreen-min-x : minimum x coordinate reported (0 if not set) + - touchscreen-min-y : minimum y coordinate reported (0 if not set) - touchscreen-size-x : horizontal resolution of touchscreen - (in pixels) + (maximum x coordinate reported + 1) - touchscreen-size-y : vertical resolution of touchscreen - (in pixels) + (maximum y coordinate reported + 1) - touchscreen-max-pressure : maximum reported pressure (arbitrary range dependent on the controller) - touchscreen-min-pressure : minimum pressure on the touchscreen to be diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/csky,apb-intc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/csky,apb-intc.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..44286dcbac62 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/csky,apb-intc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +============================== +C-SKY APB Interrupt Controller +============================== + +C-SKY APB Interrupt Controller is a simple soc interrupt controller +on the apb bus and we only use it as root irq controller. + + - csky,apb-intc is used in a lot of csky fpgas and socs, it support 64 irq nums. + - csky,dual-apb-intc consists of 2 apb-intc and 128 irq nums supported. + - csky,gx6605s-intc is gx6605s soc internal irq interrupt controller, 64 irq nums. + +============================= +intc node bindings definition +============================= + + Description: Describes APB interrupt controller + + PROPERTIES + + - compatible + Usage: required + Value type: <string> + Definition: must be "csky,apb-intc" + "csky,dual-apb-intc" + "csky,gx6605s-intc" + - #interrupt-cells + Usage: required + Value type: <u32> + Definition: must be <1> + - reg + Usage: required + Value type: <u32 u32> + Definition: <phyaddr size> in soc from cpu view + - interrupt-controller: + Usage: required + - csky,support-pulse-signal: + Usage: select + Description: to support pulse signal flag + +Examples: +--------- + + intc: interrupt-controller@500000 { + compatible = "csky,apb-intc"; + #interrupt-cells = <1>; + reg = <0x00500000 0x400>; + interrupt-controller; + }; + + intc: interrupt-controller@500000 { + compatible = "csky,dual-apb-intc"; + #interrupt-cells = <1>; + reg = <0x00500000 0x400>; + interrupt-controller; + }; + + intc: interrupt-controller@500000 { + compatible = "csky,gx6605s-intc"; + #interrupt-cells = <1>; + reg = <0x00500000 0x400>; + interrupt-controller; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/csky,mpintc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/csky,mpintc.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..ab921f1698fb --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/csky,mpintc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +=========================================== +C-SKY Multi-processors Interrupt Controller +=========================================== + +C-SKY Multi-processors Interrupt Controller is designed for ck807/ck810/ck860 +SMP soc, and it also could be used in non-SMP system. + +Interrupt number definition: + + 0-15 : software irq, and we use 15 as our IPI_IRQ. + 16-31 : private irq, and we use 16 as the co-processor timer. + 31-1024: common irq for soc ip. + +============================= +intc node bindings definition +============================= + + Description: Describes SMP interrupt controller + + PROPERTIES + + - compatible + Usage: required + Value type: <string> + Definition: must be "csky,mpintc" + - #interrupt-cells + Usage: required + Value type: <u32> + Definition: must be <1> + - interrupt-controller: + Usage: required + +Examples: +--------- + + intc: interrupt-controller { + compatible = "csky,mpintc"; + #interrupt-cells = <1>; + interrupt-controller; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/mediatek,iommu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/mediatek,iommu.txt index df5db732138d..6922db598def 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/mediatek,iommu.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/mediatek,iommu.txt @@ -41,6 +41,8 @@ Required properties: - compatible : must be one of the following string: "mediatek,mt2701-m4u" for mt2701 which uses generation one m4u HW. "mediatek,mt2712-m4u" for mt2712 which uses generation two m4u HW. + "mediatek,mt7623-m4u", "mediatek,mt2701-m4u" for mt7623 which uses + generation one m4u HW. "mediatek,mt8173-m4u" for mt8173 which uses generation two m4u HW. - reg : m4u register base and size. - interrupts : the interrupt of m4u. @@ -51,7 +53,7 @@ Required properties: according to the local arbiter index, like larb0, larb1, larb2... - iommu-cells : must be 1. This is the mtk_m4u_id according to the HW. Specifies the mtk_m4u_id as defined in - dt-binding/memory/mt2701-larb-port.h for mt2701, + dt-binding/memory/mt2701-larb-port.h for mt2701, mt7623 dt-binding/memory/mt2712-larb-port.h for mt2712, and dt-binding/memory/mt8173-larb-port.h for mt8173. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mailbox/qcom,apcs-kpss-global.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mailbox/qcom,apcs-kpss-global.txt index 6e8a9ab0fdae..1232fc9fc709 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mailbox/qcom,apcs-kpss-global.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mailbox/qcom,apcs-kpss-global.txt @@ -11,6 +11,7 @@ platforms. "qcom,msm8916-apcs-kpss-global", "qcom,msm8996-apcs-hmss-global" "qcom,msm8998-apcs-hmss-global" + "qcom,qcs404-apcs-apps-global" "qcom,sdm845-apss-shared" - reg: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/cedrus.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/cedrus.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..a089a0c1ff05 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/cedrus.txt @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +Device-tree bindings for the VPU found in Allwinner SoCs, referred to as the +Video Engine (VE) in Allwinner literature. + +The VPU can only access the first 256 MiB of DRAM, that are DMA-mapped starting +from the DRAM base. This requires specific memory allocation and handling. + +Required properties: +- compatible : must be one of the following compatibles: + - "allwinner,sun4i-a10-video-engine" + - "allwinner,sun5i-a13-video-engine" + - "allwinner,sun7i-a20-video-engine" + - "allwinner,sun8i-a33-video-engine" + - "allwinner,sun8i-h3-video-engine" +- reg : register base and length of VE; +- clocks : list of clock specifiers, corresponding to entries in + the clock-names property; +- clock-names : should contain "ahb", "mod" and "ram" entries; +- resets : phandle for reset; +- interrupts : VE interrupt number; +- allwinner,sram : SRAM region to use with the VE. + +Optional properties: +- memory-region : CMA pool to use for buffers allocation instead of the + default CMA pool. + +Example: + +reserved-memory { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <1>; + ranges; + + /* Address must be kept in the lower 256 MiBs of DRAM for VE. */ + cma_pool: cma@4a000000 { + compatible = "shared-dma-pool"; + size = <0x6000000>; + alloc-ranges = <0x4a000000 0x6000000>; + reusable; + linux,cma-default; + }; +}; + +video-codec@1c0e000 { + compatible = "allwinner,sun7i-a20-video-engine"; + reg = <0x01c0e000 0x1000>; + + clocks = <&ccu CLK_AHB_VE>, <&ccu CLK_VE>, + <&ccu CLK_DRAM_VE>; + clock-names = "ahb", "mod", "ram"; + + resets = <&ccu RST_VE>; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 53 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + allwinner,sram = <&ve_sram 1>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/fsl-pxp.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/fsl-pxp.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..2477e7f87381 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/fsl-pxp.txt @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +Freescale Pixel Pipeline +======================== + +The Pixel Pipeline (PXP) is a memory-to-memory graphics processing engine +that supports scaling, colorspace conversion, alpha blending, rotation, and +pixel conversion via lookup table. Different versions are present on various +i.MX SoCs from i.MX23 to i.MX7. + +Required properties: +- compatible: should be "fsl,<soc>-pxp", where SoC can be one of imx23, imx28, + imx6dl, imx6sl, imx6ul, imx6sx, imx6ull, or imx7d. +- reg: the register base and size for the device registers +- interrupts: the PXP interrupt, two interrupts for imx6ull and imx7d. +- clock-names: should be "axi" +- clocks: the PXP AXI clock + +Example: + +pxp@21cc000 { + compatible = "fsl,imx6ull-pxp"; + reg = <0x021cc000 0x4000>; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 8 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, + <GIC_SPI 18 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + clock-names = "axi"; + clocks = <&clks IMX6UL_CLK_PXP>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/adv748x.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/adv748x.txt index 21ffb5ed8183..5dddc95f9cc4 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/adv748x.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/adv748x.txt @@ -10,7 +10,11 @@ Required Properties: - "adi,adv7481" for the ADV7481 - "adi,adv7482" for the ADV7482 - - reg: I2C slave address + - reg: I2C slave addresses + The ADV748x has up to twelve 256-byte maps that can be accessed via the + main I2C ports. Each map has it own I2C address and acts as a standard + slave device on the I2C bus. The main address is mandatory, others are + optional and remain at default values if not specified. Optional Properties: @@ -18,6 +22,11 @@ Optional Properties: "intrq3". All interrupts are optional. The "intrq3" interrupt is only available on the adv7481 - interrupts: Specify the interrupt lines for the ADV748x + - reg-names : Names of maps with programmable addresses. + It shall contain all maps needing a non-default address. + Possible map names are: + "main", "dpll", "cp", "hdmi", "edid", "repeater", + "infoframe", "cbus", "cec", "sdp", "txa", "txb" The device node must contain one 'port' child node per device input and output port, in accordance with the video interface bindings defined in @@ -47,7 +56,10 @@ Example: video-receiver@70 { compatible = "adi,adv7482"; - reg = <0x70>; + reg = <0x70 0x71 0x72 0x73 0x74 0x75 + 0x60 0x61 0x62 0x63 0x64 0x65>; + reg-names = "main", "dpll", "cp", "hdmi", "edid", "repeater", + "infoframe", "cbus", "cec", "sdp", "txa", "txb"; #address-cells = <1>; #size-cells = <0>; @@ -73,7 +85,7 @@ Example: }; }; - port@10 { + port@a { reg = <10>; adv7482_txa: endpoint { @@ -83,7 +95,7 @@ Example: }; }; - port@11 { + port@b { reg = <11>; adv7482_txb: endpoint { diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/adv7604.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/adv7604.txt index dcf57e7c60eb..b3e688b77a38 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/adv7604.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/adv7604.txt @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ Example: * other maps will retain their default addresses. */ reg = <0x4c>, <0x66>; - reg-names "main", "edid"; + reg-names = "main", "edid"; reset-gpios = <&ioexp 0 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; hpd-gpios = <&ioexp 2 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/dongwoon,dw9807.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/dongwoon,dw9807-vcm.txt index c4701f1eaaf6..c4701f1eaaf6 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/dongwoon,dw9807.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/dongwoon,dw9807-vcm.txt diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/mediatek-jpeg-decoder.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/mediatek-jpeg-decoder.txt index 3813947b4d4f..044b11913c49 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/mediatek-jpeg-decoder.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/mediatek-jpeg-decoder.txt @@ -5,6 +5,7 @@ Mediatek JPEG Decoder is the JPEG decode hardware present in Mediatek SoCs Required properties: - compatible : must be one of the following string: "mediatek,mt8173-jpgdec" + "mediatek,mt7623-jpgdec", "mediatek,mt2701-jpgdec" "mediatek,mt2701-jpgdec" - reg : physical base address of the jpeg decoder registers and length of memory mapped region. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/rcar_vin.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/rcar_vin.txt index 2f420050d57f..d329a4e8ac58 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/rcar_vin.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/rcar_vin.txt @@ -11,6 +11,7 @@ on Gen3 platforms to a CSI-2 receiver. - compatible: Must be one or more of the following - "renesas,vin-r8a7743" for the R8A7743 device + - "renesas,vin-r8a7744" for the R8A7744 device - "renesas,vin-r8a7745" for the R8A7745 device - "renesas,vin-r8a7778" for the R8A7778 device - "renesas,vin-r8a7779" for the R8A7779 device diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/renesas,ceu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/renesas,ceu.txt index 8a7a616e9019..3e2a2652eb19 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/renesas,ceu.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/renesas,ceu.txt @@ -17,15 +17,19 @@ Required properties: The CEU supports a single parallel input and should contain a single 'port' subnode with a single 'endpoint'. Connection to input devices are modeled according to the video interfaces OF bindings specified in: -Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt +[1] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt Optional endpoint properties applicable to parallel input bus described in the above mentioned "video-interfaces.txt" file are supported. -- hsync-active: Active state of the HSYNC signal, 0/1 for LOW/HIGH respectively. - If property is not present, default is active high. -- vsync-active: Active state of the VSYNC signal, 0/1 for LOW/HIGH respectively. - If property is not present, default is active high. +- hsync-active: See [1] for description. If property is not present, + default is active high. +- vsync-active: See [1] for description. If property is not present, + default is active high. +- bus-width: See [1] for description. Accepted values are '8' and '16'. + If property is not present, default is '8'. +- field-even-active: See [1] for description. If property is not present, + an even field is identified by a logic 0 (active-low signal). Example: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/rockchip-vpu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/rockchip-vpu.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..35dc464ad7c8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/rockchip-vpu.txt @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +device-tree bindings for rockchip VPU codec + +Rockchip (Video Processing Unit) present in various Rockchip platforms, +such as RK3288 and RK3399. + +Required properties: +- compatible: value should be one of the following + "rockchip,rk3288-vpu"; + "rockchip,rk3399-vpu"; +- interrupts: encoding and decoding interrupt specifiers +- interrupt-names: should be "vepu" and "vdpu" +- clocks: phandle to VPU aclk, hclk clocks +- clock-names: should be "aclk" and "hclk" +- power-domains: phandle to power domain node +- iommus: phandle to a iommu node + +Example: +SoC-specific DT entry: + vpu: video-codec@ff9a0000 { + compatible = "rockchip,rk3288-vpu"; + reg = <0x0 0xff9a0000 0x0 0x800>; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 9 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, + <GIC_SPI 10 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + interrupt-names = "vepu", "vdpu"; + clocks = <&cru ACLK_VCODEC>, <&cru HCLK_VCODEC>; + clock-names = "aclk", "hclk"; + power-domains = <&power RK3288_PD_VIDEO>; + iommus = <&vpu_mmu>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt index baf9d9756b3c..f884ada0bffc 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt @@ -100,10 +100,12 @@ Optional endpoint properties slave device (data source) by the master device (data sink). In the master mode the data source device is also the source of the synchronization signals. - bus-type: data bus type. Possible values are: - 0 - autodetect based on other properties (MIPI CSI-2 D-PHY, parallel or Bt656) 1 - MIPI CSI-2 C-PHY 2 - MIPI CSI1 3 - CCP2 + 4 - MIPI CSI-2 D-PHY + 5 - Parallel + 6 - Bt.656 - bus-width: number of data lines actively used, valid for the parallel busses. - data-shift: on the parallel data busses, if bus-width is used to specify the number of data lines, data-shift can be used to specify which data lines are diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/mediatek,smi-common.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/mediatek,smi-common.txt index 615abdd0eb0d..e937ddd871a6 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/mediatek,smi-common.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/mediatek,smi-common.txt @@ -17,6 +17,7 @@ Required properties: - compatible : must be one of : "mediatek,mt2701-smi-common" "mediatek,mt2712-smi-common" + "mediatek,mt7623-smi-common", "mediatek,mt2701-smi-common" "mediatek,mt8173-smi-common" - reg : the register and size of the SMI block. - power-domains : a phandle to the power domain of this local arbiter. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/mediatek,smi-larb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/mediatek,smi-larb.txt index 083155cdc2a0..94eddcae77ab 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/mediatek,smi-larb.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/mediatek,smi-larb.txt @@ -6,6 +6,7 @@ Required properties: - compatible : must be one of : "mediatek,mt2701-smi-larb" "mediatek,mt2712-smi-larb" + "mediatek,mt7623-smi-larb", "mediatek,mt2701-smi-larb" "mediatek,mt8173-smi-larb" - reg : the register and size of this local arbiter. - mediatek,smi : a phandle to the smi_common node. @@ -16,7 +17,7 @@ Required properties: the register. - "smi" : It's the clock for transfer data and command. -Required property for mt2701 and mt2712: +Required property for mt2701, mt2712 and mt7623: - mediatek,larb-id :the hardware id of this larb. Example: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/can/holt_hi311x.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/can/holt_hi311x.txt index 903a78da65be..3a9926f99937 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/can/holt_hi311x.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/can/holt_hi311x.txt @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ Example: reg = <1>; clocks = <&clk32m>; interrupt-parent = <&gpio4>; - interrupts = <13 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING>; + interrupts = <13 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; vdd-supply = <®5v0>; xceiver-supply = <®5v0>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/can/rcar_can.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/can/rcar_can.txt index cc4372842bf3..9936b9ee67c3 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/can/rcar_can.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/can/rcar_can.txt @@ -5,6 +5,7 @@ Required properties: - compatible: "renesas,can-r8a7743" if CAN controller is a part of R8A7743 SoC. "renesas,can-r8a7744" if CAN controller is a part of R8A7744 SoC. "renesas,can-r8a7745" if CAN controller is a part of R8A7745 SoC. + "renesas,can-r8a774a1" if CAN controller is a part of R8A774A1 SoC. "renesas,can-r8a7778" if CAN controller is a part of R8A7778 SoC. "renesas,can-r8a7779" if CAN controller is a part of R8A7779 SoC. "renesas,can-r8a7790" if CAN controller is a part of R8A7790 SoC. @@ -14,26 +15,32 @@ Required properties: "renesas,can-r8a7794" if CAN controller is a part of R8A7794 SoC. "renesas,can-r8a7795" if CAN controller is a part of R8A7795 SoC. "renesas,can-r8a7796" if CAN controller is a part of R8A7796 SoC. + "renesas,can-r8a77965" if CAN controller is a part of R8A77965 SoC. "renesas,rcar-gen1-can" for a generic R-Car Gen1 compatible device. "renesas,rcar-gen2-can" for a generic R-Car Gen2 or RZ/G1 compatible device. - "renesas,rcar-gen3-can" for a generic R-Car Gen3 compatible device. + "renesas,rcar-gen3-can" for a generic R-Car Gen3 or RZ/G2 + compatible device. When compatible with the generic version, nodes must list the SoC-specific version corresponding to the platform first followed by the generic version. - reg: physical base address and size of the R-Car CAN register map. - interrupts: interrupt specifier for the sole interrupt. -- clocks: phandles and clock specifiers for 3 CAN clock inputs. -- clock-names: 3 clock input name strings: "clkp1", "clkp2", "can_clk". +- clocks: phandles and clock specifiers for 2 CAN clock inputs for RZ/G2 + devices. + phandles and clock specifiers for 3 CAN clock inputs for every other + SoC. +- clock-names: 2 clock input name strings for RZ/G2: "clkp1", "can_clk". + 3 clock input name strings for every other SoC: "clkp1", "clkp2", + "can_clk". - pinctrl-0: pin control group to be used for this controller. - pinctrl-names: must be "default". -Required properties for "renesas,can-r8a7795" and "renesas,can-r8a7796" -compatible: -In R8A7795 and R8A7796 SoCs, "clkp2" can be CANFD clock. This is a div6 clock -and can be used by both CAN and CAN FD controller at the same time. It needs to -be scaled to maximum frequency if any of these controllers use it. This is done +Required properties for R8A7795, R8A7796 and R8A77965: +For the denoted SoCs, "clkp2" can be CANFD clock. This is a div6 clock and can +be used by both CAN and CAN FD controller at the same time. It needs to be +scaled to maximum frequency if any of these controllers use it. This is done using the below properties: - assigned-clocks: phandle of clkp2(CANFD) clock. @@ -42,8 +49,9 @@ using the below properties: Optional properties: - renesas,can-clock-select: R-Car CAN Clock Source Select. Valid values are: <0x0> (default) : Peripheral clock (clkp1) - <0x1> : Peripheral clock (clkp2) - <0x3> : Externally input clock + <0x1> : Peripheral clock (clkp2) (not supported by + RZ/G2 devices) + <0x3> : External input clock Example ------- diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/b53.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/b53.txt index 1811e1972a7a..5201bc15fdd6 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/b53.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/b53.txt @@ -46,6 +46,42 @@ Required properties: "brcm,bcm6328-switch" "brcm,bcm6368-switch" and the mandatory "brcm,bcm63xx-switch" +Required properties for BCM585xx/586xx/88312 SoCs: + + - reg: a total of 3 register base addresses, the first one must be the + Switch Register Access block base, the second is the port 5/4 mux + configuration register and the third one is the SGMII configuration + and status register base address. + + - interrupts: a total of 13 interrupts must be specified, in the following + order: port 0-5, 7-8 link status change, then the integrated PHY interrupt, + then the timestamping interrupt and the sleep timer interrupts for ports + 5,7,8. + +Optional properties for BCM585xx/586xx/88312 SoCs: + + - reg-names: a total of 3 names matching the 3 base register address, must + be in the following order: + "srab" + "mux_config" + "sgmii_config" + + - interrupt-names: a total of 13 names matching the 13 interrupts specified + must be in the following order: + "link_state_p0" + "link_state_p1" + "link_state_p2" + "link_state_p3" + "link_state_p4" + "link_state_p5" + "link_state_p7" + "link_state_p8" + "phy" + "ts" + "imp_sleep_timer_p5" + "imp_sleep_timer_p7" + "imp_sleep_timer_p8" + See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/dsa.txt for a list of additional required and optional properties. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/dsa.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/dsa.txt index 3ceeb8de1196..35694c0c376b 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/dsa.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/dsa.txt @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ limitations. Current Binding --------------- -Switches are true Linux devices and can be probes by any means. Once +Switches are true Linux devices and can be probed by any means. Once probed, they register to the DSA framework, passing a node pointer. This node is expected to fulfil the following binding, and may contain additional properties as required by the device it is diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/marvell,prestera.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/marvell,prestera.txt index c329608fa887..83370ebf5b89 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/marvell,prestera.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/marvell,prestera.txt @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ Marvell Prestera Switch Chip bindings ------------------------------------- Required properties: -- compatible: one of the following +- compatible: must be "marvell,prestera" and one of the following "marvell,prestera-98dx3236", "marvell,prestera-98dx3336", "marvell,prestera-98dx4251", @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ switch { ranges = <0 MBUS_ID(0x03, 0x00) 0 0x100000>; packet-processor@0 { - compatible = "marvell,prestera-98dx3236"; + compatible = "marvell,prestera-98dx3236", "marvell,prestera"; reg = <0 0x4000000>; interrupts = <33>, <34>, <35>; dfx = <&dfx>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvmem/allwinner,sunxi-sid.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvmem/allwinner,sunxi-sid.txt index e319fe5e205a..99c4ba6a3f61 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvmem/allwinner,sunxi-sid.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvmem/allwinner,sunxi-sid.txt @@ -7,6 +7,7 @@ Required properties: "allwinner,sun8i-a83t-sid" "allwinner,sun8i-h3-sid" "allwinner,sun50i-a64-sid" + "allwinner,sun50i-h5-sid" - reg: Should contain registers location and length diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/qcom-qmp-phy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/qcom-qmp-phy.txt index adf20b2bdf71..fbc198d5dd39 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/qcom-qmp-phy.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/qcom-qmp-phy.txt @@ -40,24 +40,36 @@ Required properties: "ref" for 19.2 MHz ref clk, "com_aux" for phy common block aux clock, "ref_aux" for phy reference aux clock, + + For "qcom,ipq8074-qmp-pcie-phy": no clocks are listed. For "qcom,msm8996-qmp-pcie-phy" must contain: "aux", "cfg_ahb", "ref". For "qcom,msm8996-qmp-usb3-phy" must contain: "aux", "cfg_ahb", "ref". - For "qcom,qmp-v3-usb3-phy" must contain: + For "qcom,sdm845-qmp-usb3-phy" must contain: + "aux", "cfg_ahb", "ref", "com_aux". + For "qcom,sdm845-qmp-usb3-uni-phy" must contain: "aux", "cfg_ahb", "ref", "com_aux". + For "qcom,sdm845-qmp-ufs-phy" must contain: + "ref", "ref_aux". - resets: a list of phandles and reset controller specifier pairs, one for each entry in reset-names. - reset-names: "phy" for reset of phy block, "common" for phy common block reset, - "cfg" for phy's ahb cfg block reset (Optional). + "cfg" for phy's ahb cfg block reset. + + For "qcom,ipq8074-qmp-pcie-phy" must contain: + "phy", "common". For "qcom,msm8996-qmp-pcie-phy" must contain: - "phy", "common", "cfg". + "phy", "common", "cfg". For "qcom,msm8996-qmp-usb3-phy" must contain - "phy", "common". - For "qcom,ipq8074-qmp-pcie-phy" must contain: - "phy", "common". + "phy", "common". + For "qcom,sdm845-qmp-usb3-phy" must contain: + "phy", "common". + For "qcom,sdm845-qmp-usb3-uni-phy" must contain: + "phy", "common". + For "qcom,sdm845-qmp-ufs-phy": no resets are listed. - vdda-phy-supply: Phandle to a regulator supply to PHY core block. - vdda-pll-supply: Phandle to 1.8V regulator supply to PHY refclk pll block. @@ -79,9 +91,10 @@ Required properties for child node: - #phy-cells: must be 0 +Required properties child node of pcie and usb3 qmp phys: - clocks: a list of phandles and clock-specifier pairs, one for each entry in clock-names. - - clock-names: Must contain following for pcie and usb qmp phys: + - clock-names: Must contain following: "pipe<lane-number>" for pipe clock specific to each lane. - clock-output-names: Name of the PHY clock that will be the parent for the above pipe clock. @@ -91,9 +104,11 @@ Required properties for child node: (or) "pcie20_phy1_pipe_clk" +Required properties for child node of PHYs with lane reset, AKA: + "qcom,msm8996-qmp-pcie-phy" - resets: a list of phandles and reset controller specifier pairs, one for each entry in reset-names. - - reset-names: Must contain following for pcie qmp phys: + - reset-names: Must contain following: "lane<lane-number>" for reset specific to each lane. Example: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/actions,owl-sps.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/actions,owl-sps.txt index 78edd63641e8..a3571937b019 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/actions,owl-sps.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/actions,owl-sps.txt @@ -3,11 +3,13 @@ Actions Semi Owl Smart Power System (SPS) Required properties: - compatible : "actions,s500-sps" for S500 "actions,s700-sps" for S700 + "actions,s900-sps" for S900 - reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device. - #power-domain-cells : Must be 1. See macros in: include/dt-bindings/power/owl-s500-powergate.h for S500 include/dt-bindings/power/owl-s700-powergate.h for S700 + include/dt-bindings/power/owl-s900-powergate.h for S900 Example: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/renesas,apmu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/renesas,apmu.txt index f747f95eee58..5f24586c8cf3 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/renesas,apmu.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/renesas,apmu.txt @@ -8,7 +8,9 @@ Required properties: - compatible: Should be "renesas,<soctype>-apmu", "renesas,apmu" as fallback. Examples with soctypes are: - "renesas,r8a7743-apmu" (RZ/G1M) + - "renesas,r8a7744-apmu" (RZ/G1N) - "renesas,r8a7745-apmu" (RZ/G1E) + - "renesas,r8a77470-apmu" (RZ/G1C) - "renesas,r8a7790-apmu" (R-Car H2) - "renesas,r8a7791-apmu" (R-Car M2-W) - "renesas,r8a7792-apmu" (R-Car V2H) diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/renesas,rcar-sysc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/renesas,rcar-sysc.txt index 180ae65be753..eae2a880155a 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/renesas,rcar-sysc.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/renesas,rcar-sysc.txt @@ -8,8 +8,11 @@ and various coprocessors. Required properties: - compatible: Must contain exactly one of the following: - "renesas,r8a7743-sysc" (RZ/G1M) + - "renesas,r8a7744-sysc" (RZ/G1N) - "renesas,r8a7745-sysc" (RZ/G1E) - "renesas,r8a77470-sysc" (RZ/G1C) + - "renesas,r8a774a1-sysc" (RZ/G2M) + - "renesas,r8a774c0-sysc" (RZ/G2E) - "renesas,r8a7779-sysc" (R-Car H1) - "renesas,r8a7790-sysc" (R-Car H2) - "renesas,r8a7791-sysc" (R-Car M2-W) diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/pwm-tiecap.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/pwm-tiecap.txt index 06a363d9ccef..b9a1d7402128 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/pwm-tiecap.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/pwm-tiecap.txt @@ -7,6 +7,7 @@ Required properties: for da850 - compatible = "ti,da850-ecap", "ti,am3352-ecap", "ti,am33xx-ecap"; for dra746 - compatible = "ti,dra746-ecap", "ti,am3352-ecap"; for 66ak2g - compatible = "ti,k2g-ecap", "ti,am3352-ecap"; + for am654 - compatible = "ti,am654-ecap", "ti,am3352-ecap"; - #pwm-cells: should be 3. See pwm.txt in this directory for a description of the cells format. The PWM channel index ranges from 0 to 4. The only third cell flag supported by this binding is PWM_POLARITY_INVERTED. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/renesas,pwm-rcar.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/renesas,pwm-rcar.txt index e1ef6afbe3a7..7f31fe7e2093 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/renesas,pwm-rcar.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/renesas,pwm-rcar.txt @@ -3,7 +3,9 @@ Required Properties: - compatible: should be "renesas,pwm-rcar" and one of the following. - "renesas,pwm-r8a7743": for RZ/G1M + - "renesas,pwm-r8a7744": for RZ/G1N - "renesas,pwm-r8a7745": for RZ/G1E + - "renesas,pwm-r8a774a1": for RZ/G2M - "renesas,pwm-r8a7778": for R-Car M1A - "renesas,pwm-r8a7779": for R-Car H1 - "renesas,pwm-r8a7790": for R-Car H2 @@ -12,6 +14,8 @@ Required Properties: - "renesas,pwm-r8a7795": for R-Car H3 - "renesas,pwm-r8a7796": for R-Car M3-W - "renesas,pwm-r8a77965": for R-Car M3-N + - "renesas,pwm-r8a77970": for R-Car V3M + - "renesas,pwm-r8a77980": for R-Car V3H - "renesas,pwm-r8a77990": for R-Car E3 - "renesas,pwm-r8a77995": for R-Car D3 - reg: base address and length of the registers block for the PWM. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/renesas,tpu-pwm.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/renesas,tpu-pwm.txt index d53a16715da6..848a92b53d81 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/renesas,tpu-pwm.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/renesas,tpu-pwm.txt @@ -2,13 +2,19 @@ Required Properties: - - compatible: should be one of the following. + - compatible: must contain one or more of the following: - "renesas,tpu-r8a73a4": for R8A73A4 (R-Mobile APE6) compatible PWM controller. - "renesas,tpu-r8a7740": for R8A7740 (R-Mobile A1) compatible PWM controller. - "renesas,tpu-r8a7743": for R8A7743 (RZ/G1M) compatible PWM controller. + - "renesas,tpu-r8a7744": for R8A7744 (RZ/G1N) compatible PWM controller. - "renesas,tpu-r8a7745": for R8A7745 (RZ/G1E) compatible PWM controller. - "renesas,tpu-r8a7790": for R8A7790 (R-Car H2) compatible PWM controller. - - "renesas,tpu": for generic R-Car and RZ/G1 TPU PWM controller. + - "renesas,tpu-r8a77970": for R8A77970 (R-Car V3M) compatible PWM + controller. + - "renesas,tpu-r8a77980": for R8A77980 (R-Car V3H) compatible PWM + controller. + - "renesas,tpu": for the generic TPU PWM controller; this is a fallback for + the entries listed above. - reg: Base address and length of each memory resource used by the PWM controller hardware module. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/remoteproc/qcom,adsp-pil.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/remoteproc/qcom,adsp-pil.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..a842a782b557 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/remoteproc/qcom,adsp-pil.txt @@ -0,0 +1,126 @@ +Qualcomm Technology Inc. ADSP Peripheral Image Loader + +This document defines the binding for a component that loads and boots firmware +on the Qualcomm Technology Inc. ADSP Hexagon core. + +- compatible: + Usage: required + Value type: <string> + Definition: must be one of: + "qcom,sdm845-adsp-pil" + +- reg: + Usage: required + Value type: <prop-encoded-array> + Definition: must specify the base address and size of the qdsp6ss register + +- interrupts-extended: + Usage: required + Value type: <prop-encoded-array> + Definition: must list the watchdog, fatal IRQs ready, handover and + stop-ack IRQs + +- interrupt-names: + Usage: required + Value type: <stringlist> + Definition: must be "wdog", "fatal", "ready", "handover", "stop-ack" + +- clocks: + Usage: required + Value type: <prop-encoded-array> + Definition: List of 8 phandle and clock specifier pairs for the adsp. + +- clock-names: + Usage: required + Value type: <stringlist> + Definition: List of clock input name strings sorted in the same + order as the clocks property. Definition must have + "xo", "sway_cbcr", "lpass_aon", "lpass_ahbs_aon_cbcr", + "lpass_ahbm_aon_cbcr", "qdsp6ss_xo", "qdsp6ss_sleep" + and "qdsp6ss_core". + +- power-domains: + Usage: required + Value type: <phandle> + Definition: reference to cx power domain node. + +- resets: + Usage: required + Value type: <phandle> + Definition: reference to the list of 2 reset-controller for the adsp. + +- reset-names: + Usage: required + Value type: <stringlist> + Definition: must be "pdc_sync" and "cc_lpass" + +- qcom,halt-regs: + Usage: required + Value type: <prop-encoded-array> + Definition: a phandle reference to a syscon representing TCSR followed + by the offset within syscon for lpass halt register. + +- memory-region: + Usage: required + Value type: <phandle> + Definition: reference to the reserved-memory for the ADSP + +- qcom,smem-states: + Usage: required + Value type: <phandle> + Definition: reference to the smem state for requesting the ADSP to + shut down + +- qcom,smem-state-names: + Usage: required + Value type: <stringlist> + Definition: must be "stop" + + += SUBNODES +The adsp node may have an subnode named "glink-edge" that describes the +communication edge, channels and devices related to the ADSP. +See ../soc/qcom/qcom,glink.txt for details on how to describe these. + += EXAMPLE +The following example describes the resources needed to boot control the +ADSP, as it is found on SDM845 boards. + + remoteproc@17300000 { + compatible = "qcom,sdm845-adsp-pil"; + reg = <0x17300000 0x40c>; + + interrupts-extended = <&intc GIC_SPI 162 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING>, + <&adsp_smp2p_in 0 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING>, + <&adsp_smp2p_in 1 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING>, + <&adsp_smp2p_in 2 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING>, + <&adsp_smp2p_in 3 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING>; + interrupt-names = "wdog", "fatal", "ready", + "handover", "stop-ack"; + + clocks = <&rpmhcc RPMH_CXO_CLK>, + <&gcc GCC_LPASS_SWAY_CLK>, + <&lpasscc LPASS_AUDIO_WRAPPER_AON_CLK>, + <&lpasscc LPASS_Q6SS_AHBS_AON_CLK>, + <&lpasscc LPASS_Q6SS_AHBM_AON_CLK>, + <&lpasscc LPASS_QDSP6SS_XO_CLK>, + <&lpasscc LPASS_QDSP6SS_SLEEP_CLK>, + <&lpasscc LPASS_QDSP6SS_CORE_CLK>; + clock-names = "xo", "sway_cbcr", "lpass_aon", + "lpass_ahbs_aon_cbcr", + "lpass_ahbm_aon_cbcr", "qdsp6ss_xo", + "qdsp6ss_sleep", "qdsp6ss_core"; + + power-domains = <&rpmhpd SDM845_CX>; + + resets = <&pdc_reset PDC_AUDIO_SYNC_RESET>, + <&aoss_reset AOSS_CC_LPASS_RESTART>; + reset-names = "pdc_sync", "cc_lpass"; + + qcom,halt-regs = <&tcsr_mutex_regs 0x22000>; + + memory-region = <&pil_adsp_mem>; + + qcom,smem-states = <&adsp_smp2p_out 0>; + qcom,smem-state-names = "stop"; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/remoteproc/qcom,adsp.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/remoteproc/qcom,adsp.txt index 728e4193f7a6..9c0cff3a5ed8 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/remoteproc/qcom,adsp.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/remoteproc/qcom,adsp.txt @@ -10,6 +10,11 @@ on the Qualcomm ADSP Hexagon core. "qcom,msm8974-adsp-pil" "qcom,msm8996-adsp-pil" "qcom,msm8996-slpi-pil" + "qcom,qcs404-adsp-pas" + "qcom,qcs404-cdsp-pas" + "qcom,qcs404-wcss-pas" + "qcom,sdm845-adsp-pas" + "qcom,sdm845-cdsp-pas" - interrupts-extended: Usage: required diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/remoteproc/qcom,q6v5.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/remoteproc/qcom,q6v5.txt index 601dd9f389aa..9ff5b0309417 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/remoteproc/qcom,q6v5.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/remoteproc/qcom,q6v5.txt @@ -53,13 +53,17 @@ on the Qualcomm Hexagon core. Definition: reference to the reset-controller for the modem sub-system reference to the list of 3 reset-controllers for the wcss sub-system + reference to the list of 2 reset-controllers for the modem + sub-system on SDM845 SoCs - reset-names: Usage: required Value type: <stringlist> Definition: must be "mss_restart" for the modem sub-system - Definition: must be "wcss_aon_reset", "wcss_reset", "wcss_q6_reset" - for the wcss syb-system + must be "wcss_aon_reset", "wcss_reset", "wcss_q6_reset" + for the wcss sub-system + must be "mss_restart", "pdc_reset" for the modem + sub-system on SDM845 SoCs - cx-supply: - mss-supply: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/qcom,pdc-global.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/qcom,pdc-global.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..a62a492843e7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/qcom,pdc-global.txt @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +PDC Global +====================================== + +This binding describes a reset-controller found on PDC-Global (Power Domain +Controller) block for Qualcomm Technologies Inc SDM845 SoCs. + +Required properties: +- compatible: + Usage: required + Value type: <string> + Definition: must be: + "qcom,sdm845-pdc-global" + +- reg: + Usage: required + Value type: <prop-encoded-array> + Definition: must specify the base address and size of the register + space. + +- #reset-cells: + Usage: required + Value type: <uint> + Definition: must be 1; cell entry represents the reset index. + +Example: + +pdc_reset: reset-controller@b2e0000 { + compatible = "qcom,sdm845-pdc-global"; + reg = <0xb2e0000 0x20000>; + #reset-cells = <1>; +}; + +PDC reset clients +====================================== + +Device nodes that need access to reset lines should +specify them as a reset phandle in their corresponding node as +specified in reset.txt. + +For a list of all valid reset indices see +<dt-bindings/reset/qcom,sdm845-pdc.h> + +Example: + +modem-pil@4080000 { + ... + + resets = <&pdc_reset PDC_MODEM_SYNC_RESET>; + reset-names = "pdc_reset"; + + ... +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/renesas,rst.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/renesas,rst.txt index 67e83b02e10b..b03c48a1150e 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/renesas,rst.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/renesas,rst.txt @@ -16,8 +16,11 @@ Required properties: - "renesas,<soctype>-rst" for R-Car Gen2 and Gen3, and RZ/G Examples with soctypes are: - "renesas,r8a7743-rst" (RZ/G1M) + - "renesas,r8a7744-rst" (RZ/G1N) - "renesas,r8a7745-rst" (RZ/G1E) - "renesas,r8a77470-rst" (RZ/G1C) + - "renesas,r8a774a1-rst" (RZ/G2M) + - "renesas,r8a774c0-rst" (RZ/G2E) - "renesas,r8a7778-reset-wdt" (R-Car M1A) - "renesas,r8a7779-reset-wdt" (R-Car H1) - "renesas,r8a7790-rst" (R-Car H2) diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/renesas,sci-serial.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/renesas,sci-serial.txt index eaca9da79d83..e52e16c6bc57 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/renesas,sci-serial.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/renesas,sci-serial.txt @@ -14,6 +14,10 @@ Required properties: - "renesas,scifa-r8a7743" for R8A7743 (RZ/G1M) SCIFA compatible UART. - "renesas,scifb-r8a7743" for R8A7743 (RZ/G1M) SCIFB compatible UART. - "renesas,hscif-r8a7743" for R8A7743 (RZ/G1M) HSCIF compatible UART. + - "renesas,scif-r8a7744" for R8A7744 (RZ/G1N) SCIF compatible UART. + - "renesas,scifa-r8a7744" for R8A7744 (RZ/G1N) SCIFA compatible UART. + - "renesas,scifb-r8a7744" for R8A7744 (RZ/G1N) SCIFB compatible UART. + - "renesas,hscif-r8a7744" for R8A7744 (RZ/G1N) HSCIF compatible UART. - "renesas,scif-r8a7745" for R8A7745 (RZ/G1E) SCIF compatible UART. - "renesas,scifa-r8a7745" for R8A7745 (RZ/G1E) SCIFA compatible UART. - "renesas,scifb-r8a7745" for R8A7745 (RZ/G1E) SCIFB compatible UART. @@ -50,6 +54,8 @@ Required properties: - "renesas,hscif-r8a77970" for R8A77970 (R-Car V3M) HSCIF compatible UART. - "renesas,scif-r8a77980" for R8A77980 (R-Car V3H) SCIF compatible UART. - "renesas,hscif-r8a77980" for R8A77980 (R-Car V3H) HSCIF compatible UART. + - "renesas,scif-r8a77990" for R8A77990 (R-Car E3) SCIF compatible UART. + - "renesas,hscif-r8a77990" for R8A77990 (R-Car E3) HSCIF compatible UART. - "renesas,scif-r8a77995" for R8A77995 (R-Car D3) SCIF compatible UART. - "renesas,hscif-r8a77995" for R8A77995 (R-Car D3) HSCIF compatible UART. - "renesas,scifa-sh73a0" for SH73A0 (SH-Mobile AG5) SCIFA compatible UART. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/uniphier-uart.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/uniphier-uart.txt index 0b3892a7a528..7a1bf02bb869 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/uniphier-uart.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/uniphier-uart.txt @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ Required properties: - clocks: phandle to the input clock. Optional properties: -- fifo-size: the RX/TX FIFO size. Defaults to 64 if not specified. +-auto-flow-control: enable automatic flow control support. Example: aliases { @@ -19,5 +19,4 @@ Example: reg = <0x54006800 0x40>; interrupts = <0 33 4>; clocks = <&uart_clk>; - fifo-size = <64>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/amlogic/amlogic,canvas.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/amlogic/amlogic,canvas.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..436d2106e80d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/amlogic/amlogic,canvas.txt @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +Amlogic Canvas +================================ + +A canvas is a collection of metadata that describes a pixel buffer. +Those metadata include: width, height, phyaddr, wrapping, block mode +and endianness. + +Many IPs within Amlogic SoCs rely on canvas indexes to read/write pixel data +rather than use the phy addresses directly. For instance, this is the case for +the video decoders and the display. + +Amlogic SoCs have 256 canvas. + +Device Tree Bindings: +--------------------- + +Video Lookup Table +-------------------------- + +Required properties: +- compatible: "amlogic,canvas" +- reg: Base physical address and size of the canvas registers. + +Example: + +canvas: video-lut@48 { + compatible = "amlogic,canvas"; + reg = <0x0 0x48 0x0 0x14>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/mediatek/pwrap.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/mediatek/pwrap.txt index f9987c30f0d5..5a2ef1726e2a 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/mediatek/pwrap.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/mediatek/pwrap.txt @@ -19,10 +19,12 @@ IP Pairing Required properties in pwrap device node. - compatible: "mediatek,mt2701-pwrap" for MT2701/7623 SoCs + "mediatek,mt6765-pwrap" for MT6765 SoCs "mediatek,mt6797-pwrap" for MT6797 SoCs "mediatek,mt7622-pwrap" for MT7622 SoCs "mediatek,mt8135-pwrap" for MT8135 SoCs "mediatek,mt8173-pwrap" for MT8173 SoCs + "mediatek,mt8183-pwrap" for MT8183 SoCs - interrupts: IRQ for pwrap in SOC - reg-names: Must include the following entries: "pwrap": Main registers base diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/rockchip/grf.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/rockchip/grf.txt index 7dc5ce858a0e..46e27cd69f18 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/rockchip/grf.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/rockchip/grf.txt @@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ On RK3328 SoCs, the GRF adds a section for USB2PHYGRF, Required Properties: - compatible: GRF should be one of the following: + - "rockchip,px30-grf", "syscon": for px30 - "rockchip,rk3036-grf", "syscon": for rk3036 - "rockchip,rk3066-grf", "syscon": for rk3066 - "rockchip,rk3188-grf", "syscon": for rk3188 @@ -23,6 +24,7 @@ Required Properties: - "rockchip,rk3399-grf", "syscon": for rk3399 - "rockchip,rv1108-grf", "syscon": for rv1108 - compatible: PMUGRF should be one of the following: + - "rockchip,px30-pmugrf", "syscon": for px30 - "rockchip,rk3368-pmugrf", "syscon": for rk3368 - "rockchip,rk3399-pmugrf", "syscon": for rk3399 - compatible: SGRF should be one of the following diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-uniphier.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-uniphier.txt index 504a4ecfc7b1..b04e66a52de5 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-uniphier.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-uniphier.txt @@ -5,18 +5,20 @@ UniPhier SoCs have SCSSI which supports SPI single channel. Required properties: - compatible: should be "socionext,uniphier-scssi" - reg: address and length of the spi master registers - - #address-cells: must be <1>, see spi-bus.txt - - #size-cells: must be <0>, see spi-bus.txt - - clocks: A phandle to the clock for the device. - - resets: A phandle to the reset control for the device. + - interrupts: a single interrupt specifier + - pinctrl-names: should be "default" + - pinctrl-0: pin control state for the default mode + - clocks: a phandle to the clock for the device + - resets: a phandle to the reset control for the device Example: spi0: spi@54006000 { compatible = "socionext,uniphier-scssi"; reg = <0x54006000 0x100>; - #address-cells = <1>; - #size-cells = <0>; + interrupts = <0 39 4>; + pinctrl-names = "default"; + pinctrl-0 = <&pinctrl_spi0>; clocks = <&peri_clk 11>; resets = <&peri_rst 11>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sram/sunxi-sram.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sram/sunxi-sram.txt index c51ade86578c..62dd0748f0ef 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sram/sunxi-sram.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sram/sunxi-sram.txt @@ -18,6 +18,7 @@ Required properties: - "allwinner,sun8i-h3-system-control" - "allwinner,sun50i-a64-sram-controller" (deprecated) - "allwinner,sun50i-a64-system-control" + - "allwinner,sun50i-h6-system-control", "allwinner,sun50i-a64-system-control" - reg : sram controller register offset + length SRAM nodes @@ -54,6 +55,9 @@ The valid sections compatible for H3 are: The valid sections compatible for A64 are: - allwinner,sun50i-a64-sram-c +The valid sections compatible for H6 are: + - allwinner,sun50i-h6-sram-c, allwinner,sun50i-a64-sram-c + Devices using SRAM sections --------------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/csky,gx6605s-timer.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/csky,gx6605s-timer.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..6b04344f4bea --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/csky,gx6605s-timer.txt @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +================= +gx6605s SOC Timer +================= + +The timer is used in gx6605s soc as system timer and the driver +contain clk event and clk source. + +============================== +timer node bindings definition +============================== + + Description: Describes gx6605s SOC timer + + PROPERTIES + + - compatible + Usage: required + Value type: <string> + Definition: must be "csky,gx6605s-timer" + - reg + Usage: required + Value type: <u32 u32> + Definition: <phyaddr size> in soc from cpu view + - clocks + Usage: required + Value type: phandle + clock specifier cells + Definition: must be input clk node + - interrupt + Usage: required + Value type: <u32> + Definition: must be timer irq num defined by soc + +Examples: +--------- + + timer0: timer@20a000 { + compatible = "csky,gx6605s-timer"; + reg = <0x0020a000 0x400>; + clocks = <&dummy_apb_clk>; + interrupts = <10>; + interrupt-parent = <&intc>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/csky,mptimer.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/csky,mptimer.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..15cfec08fbb8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/csky,mptimer.txt @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +============================ +C-SKY Multi-processors Timer +============================ + +C-SKY multi-processors timer is designed for C-SKY SMP system and the +regs is accessed by cpu co-processor 4 registers with mtcr/mfcr. + + - PTIM_CTLR "cr<0, 14>" Control reg to start reset timer. + - PTIM_TSR "cr<1, 14>" Interrupt cleanup status reg. + - PTIM_CCVR "cr<3, 14>" Current counter value reg. + - PTIM_LVR "cr<6, 14>" Window value reg to triger next event. + +============================== +timer node bindings definition +============================== + + Description: Describes SMP timer + + PROPERTIES + + - compatible + Usage: required + Value type: <string> + Definition: must be "csky,mptimer" + - clocks + Usage: required + Value type: <node> + Definition: must be input clk node + - interrupts + Usage: required + Value type: <u32> + Definition: must be timer irq num defined by soc + +Examples: +--------- + + timer: timer { + compatible = "csky,mptimer"; + clocks = <&dummy_apb_clk>; + interrupts = <16>; + interrupt-parent = <&intc>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/renesas,tmu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/renesas,tmu.txt index cd5f20bf2582..4ddff85837da 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/renesas,tmu.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/renesas,tmu.txt @@ -12,6 +12,8 @@ Required Properties: - "renesas,tmu-r8a7740" for the r8a7740 TMU - "renesas,tmu-r8a7778" for the r8a7778 TMU - "renesas,tmu-r8a7779" for the r8a7779 TMU + - "renesas,tmu-r8a77970" for the r8a77970 TMU + - "renesas,tmu-r8a77980" for the r8a77980 TMU - "renesas,tmu" for any TMU. This is a fallback for the above renesas,tmu-* entries diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/trivial-devices.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/trivial-devices.txt index 69c934aec13b..6ab001fa1ed4 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/trivial-devices.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/trivial-devices.txt @@ -21,16 +21,6 @@ adi,adt7490 +/-1C TDM Extended Temp Range I.C adi,adxl345 Three-Axis Digital Accelerometer adi,adxl346 Three-Axis Digital Accelerometer (backward-compatibility value "adi,adxl345" must be listed too) ams,iaq-core AMS iAQ-Core VOC Sensor -amstaos,tsl2571 AMS/TAOS ALS and proximity sensor -amstaos,tsl2671 AMS/TAOS ALS and proximity sensor -amstaos,tmd2671 AMS/TAOS ALS and proximity sensor -amstaos,tsl2771 AMS/TAOS ALS and proximity sensor -amstaos,tmd2771 AMS/TAOS ALS and proximity sensor -amstaos,tsl2572 AMS/TAOS ALS and proximity sensor -amstaos,tsl2672 AMS/TAOS ALS and proximity sensor -amstaos,tmd2672 AMS/TAOS ALS and proximity sensor -amstaos,tsl2772 AMS/TAOS ALS and proximity sensor -amstaos,tmd2772 AMS/TAOS ALS and proximity sensor at,24c08 i2c serial eeprom (24cxx) atmel,at97sc3204t i2c trusted platform module (TPM) capella,cm32181 CM32181: Ambient Light Sensor diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc2.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc2.txt index 46da5f184460..6dc3c4a34483 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc2.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc2.txt @@ -6,6 +6,7 @@ Required properties: - brcm,bcm2835-usb: The DWC2 USB controller instance in the BCM2835 SoC. - hisilicon,hi6220-usb: The DWC2 USB controller instance in the hi6220 SoC. - rockchip,rk3066-usb: The DWC2 USB controller instance in the rk3066 Soc; + - "rockchip,px30-usb", "rockchip,rk3066-usb", "snps,dwc2": for px30 Soc; - "rockchip,rk3188-usb", "rockchip,rk3066-usb", "snps,dwc2": for rk3188 Soc; - "rockchip,rk3288-usb", "rockchip,rk3066-usb", "snps,dwc2": for rk3288 Soc; - "lantiq,arx100-usb": The DWC2 USB controller instance in Lantiq ARX SoCs; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt index 376f24484182..4b1a2a8fcc16 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt @@ -84,6 +84,7 @@ cosmic Cosmic Circuits crane Crane Connectivity Solutions creative Creative Technology Ltd crystalfontz Crystalfontz America, Inc. +csky Hangzhou C-SKY Microsystems Co., Ltd cubietech Cubietech, Ltd. cypress Cypress Semiconductor Corporation cznic CZ.NIC, z.s.p.o. @@ -114,6 +115,7 @@ elan Elan Microelectronic Corp. embest Shenzhen Embest Technology Co., Ltd. emmicro EM Microelectronic emtrion emtrion GmbH +endless Endless Mobile, Inc. energymicro Silicon Laboratories (formerly Energy Micro AS) engicam Engicam S.r.l. epcos EPCOS AG @@ -300,6 +302,7 @@ pine64 Pine64 pixcir PIXCIR MICROELECTRONICS Co., Ltd plathome Plat'Home Co., Ltd. plda PLDA +plx Broadcom Corporation (formerly PLX Technology) portwell Portwell Inc. poslab Poslab Technology Co., Ltd. powervr PowerVR (deprecated, use img) diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/armada-37xx-wdt.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/armada-37xx-wdt.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..a8d00c31a1d8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/armada-37xx-wdt.txt @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +* Armada 37xx CPU Watchdog Timer Controller + +Required properties: +- compatible : must be "marvell,armada-3700-wdt" +- reg : base physical address of the controller and length of memory mapped + region. +- clocks : the clock feeding the watchdog timer. See clock-bindings.txt +- marvell,system-controller : reference to syscon node for the CPU Miscellaneous + Registers + +Example: + + cpu_misc: system-controller@d000 { + compatible = "marvell,armada-3700-cpu-misc", "syscon"; + reg = <0xd000 0x1000>; + }; + + wdt: watchdog@8300 { + compatible = "marvell,armada-3700-wdt"; + reg = <0x8300 0x40>; + marvell,system-controller = <&cpu_misc>; + clocks = <&xtalclk>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/mpc8xxx-wdt.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/mpc8xxx-wdt.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..a384ff5b3ce8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/mpc8xxx-wdt.txt @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +* Freescale mpc8xxx watchdog driver (For 83xx, 86xx and 8xx) + +Required properties: +- compatible: Shall contain one of the following: + "mpc83xx_wdt" for an mpc83xx + "fsl,mpc8610-wdt" for an mpc86xx + "fsl,mpc823-wdt" for an mpc8xx +- reg: base physical address and length of the area hosting the + watchdog registers. + On the 83xx, "Watchdog Timer Registers" area: <0x200 0x100> + On the 86xx, "Watchdog Timer Registers" area: <0xe4000 0x100> + On the 8xx, "General System Interface Unit" area: <0x0 0x10> + +Optional properties: +- reg: additional physical address and length (4) of location of the + Reset Status Register (called RSTRSCR on the mpc86xx) + On the 83xx, it is located at offset 0x910 + On the 86xx, it is located at offset 0xe0094 + On the 8xx, it is located at offset 0x288 + +Example: + WDT: watchdog@0 { + compatible = "fsl,mpc823-wdt"; + reg = <0x0 0x10 0x288 0x4>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/renesas-wdt.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/renesas-wdt.txt index d72d1181ec62..a8ee29fd9ac8 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/renesas-wdt.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/renesas-wdt.txt @@ -21,6 +21,7 @@ Required properties: - "renesas,r8a77990-wdt" (R-Car E3) - "renesas,r8a77995-wdt" (R-Car D3) - "renesas,r7s72100-wdt" (RZ/A1) + - "renesas,r7s9210-wdt" (RZ/A2) The generic compatible string must be: - "renesas,rza-wdt" for RZ/A - "renesas,rcar-gen2-wdt" for R-Car Gen2 and RZ/G1 diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/ceph.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/ceph.txt index 8bf62240e10d..1177052701e1 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/ceph.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/ceph.txt @@ -151,6 +151,11 @@ Mount Options Report overall filesystem usage in statfs instead of using the root directory quota. + nocopyfrom + Don't use the RADOS 'copy-from' operation to perform remote object + copies. Currently, it's only used in copy_file_range, which will revert + to the default VFS implementation if this option is used. + More Information ================ diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/rpc-cache.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/rpc-cache.txt index ebcaaee21616..c4dac829db0f 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/rpc-cache.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/rpc-cache.txt @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ Creating a Cache A message from user space has arrived to fill out a cache entry. It is in 'buf' of length 'len'. cache_parse should parse this, find the item in the - cache with sunrpc_cache_lookup, and update the item + cache with sunrpc_cache_lookup_rcu, and update the item with sunrpc_cache_update. @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ Creating a Cache Using a cache ------------- -To find a value in a cache, call sunrpc_cache_lookup passing a pointer +To find a value in a cache, call sunrpc_cache_lookup_rcu passing a pointer to the cache_head in a sample item with the 'key' fields filled in. This will be passed to ->match to identify the target entry. If no entry is found, a new entry will be create, added to the cache, and @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ item does become valid, the deferred copy of the request will be revisited (->revisit). It is expected that this method will reschedule the request for processing. -The value returned by sunrpc_cache_lookup can also be passed to +The value returned by sunrpc_cache_lookup_rcu can also be passed to sunrpc_cache_update to set the content for the item. A second item is passed which should hold the content. If the item found by _lookup has valid data, then it is discarded and a new item is created. This diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/overlayfs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/overlayfs.txt index 51c136c821bf..eef7d9d259e8 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/overlayfs.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/overlayfs.txt @@ -286,6 +286,12 @@ pointed by REDIRECT. This should not be possible on local system as setting "trusted." xattrs will require CAP_SYS_ADMIN. But it should be possible for untrusted layers like from a pen drive. +Note: redirect_dir={off|nofollow|follow(*)} conflicts with metacopy=on, and +results in an error. + +(*) redirect_dir=follow only conflicts with metacopy=on if upperdir=... is +given. + Sharing and copying layers -------------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/pohmelfs/design_notes.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/pohmelfs/design_notes.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 106d17fbb05f..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/pohmelfs/design_notes.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,72 +0,0 @@ -POHMELFS: Parallel Optimized Host Message Exchange Layered File System. - - Evgeniy Polyakov <zbr@ioremap.net> - -Homepage: http://www.ioremap.net/projects/pohmelfs - -POHMELFS first began as a network filesystem with coherent local data and -metadata caches but is now evolving into a parallel distributed filesystem. - -Main features of this FS include: - * Locally coherent cache for data and metadata with (potentially) byte-range locks. - Since all Linux filesystems lock the whole inode during writing, algorithm - is very simple and does not use byte-ranges, although they are sent in - locking messages. - * Completely async processing of all events except creation of hard and symbolic - links, and rename events. - Object creation and data reading and writing are processed asynchronously. - * Flexible object architecture optimized for network processing. - Ability to create long paths to objects and remove arbitrarily huge - directories with a single network command. - (like removing the whole kernel tree via a single network command). - * Very high performance. - * Fast and scalable multithreaded userspace server. Being in userspace it works - with any underlying filesystem and still is much faster than async in-kernel NFS one. - * Client is able to switch between different servers (if one goes down, client - automatically reconnects to second and so on). - * Transactions support. Full failover for all operations. - Resending transactions to different servers on timeout or error. - * Read request (data read, directory listing, lookup requests) balancing between multiple servers. - * Write requests are replicated to multiple servers and completed only when all of them are acked. - * Ability to add and/or remove servers from the working set at run-time. - * Strong authentication and possible data encryption in network channel. - * Extended attributes support. - -POHMELFS is based on transactions, which are potentially long-standing objects that live -in the client's memory. Each transaction contains all the information needed to process a given -command (or set of commands, which is frequently used during data writing: single transactions -can contain creation and data writing commands). Transactions are committed by all the servers -to which they are sent and, in case of failures, are eventually resent or dropped with an error. -For example, reading will return an error if no servers are available. - -POHMELFS uses a asynchronous approach to data processing. Courtesy of transactions, it is -possible to detach replies from requests and, if the command requires data to be received, the -caller sleeps waiting for it. Thus, it is possible to issue multiple read commands to different -servers and async threads will pick up replies in parallel, find appropriate transactions in the -system and put the data where it belongs (like the page or inode cache). - -The main feature of POHMELFS is writeback data and the metadata cache. -Only a few non-performance critical operations use the write-through cache and -are synchronous: hard and symbolic link creation, and object rename. Creation, -removal of objects and data writing are asynchronous and are sent to -the server during system writeback. Only one writer at a time is allowed for any -given inode, which is guarded by an appropriate locking protocol. -Because of this feature, POHMELFS is extremely fast at metadata intensive -workloads and can fully utilize the bandwidth to the servers when doing bulk -data transfers. - -POHMELFS clients operate with a working set of servers and are capable of balancing read-only -operations (like lookups or directory listings) between them according to IO priorities. -Administrators can add or remove servers from the set at run-time via special commands (described -in Documentation/filesystems/pohmelfs/info.txt file). Writes are replicated to all servers, which -are connected with write permission turned on. IO priority and permissions can be changed in -run-time. - -POHMELFS is capable of full data channel encryption and/or strong crypto hashing. -One can select any kernel supported cipher, encryption mode, hash type and operation mode -(hmac or digest). It is also possible to use both or neither (default). Crypto configuration -is checked during mount time and, if the server does not support it, appropriate capabilities -will be disabled or mount will fail (if 'crypto_fail_unsupported' mount option is specified). -Crypto performance heavily depends on the number of crypto threads, which asynchronously perform -crypto operations and send the resulting data to server or submit it up the stack. This number -can be controlled via a mount option. diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/pohmelfs/info.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/pohmelfs/info.txt deleted file mode 100644 index db2e41393626..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/pohmelfs/info.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,99 +0,0 @@ -POHMELFS usage information. - -Mount options. -All but index, number of crypto threads and maximum IO size can changed via remount. - -idx=%u - Each mountpoint is associated with a special index via this option. - Administrator can add or remove servers from the given index, so all mounts, - which were attached to it, are updated. - Default it is 0. - -trans_scan_timeout=%u - This timeout, expressed in milliseconds, specifies time to scan transaction - trees looking for stale requests, which have to be resent, or if number of - retries exceed specified limit, dropped with error. - Default is 5 seconds. - -drop_scan_timeout=%u - Internal timeout, expressed in milliseconds, which specifies how frequently - inodes marked to be dropped are freed. It also specifies how frequently - the system checks that servers have to be added or removed from current working set. - Default is 1 second. - -wait_on_page_timeout=%u - Number of milliseconds to wait for reply from remote server for data reading command. - If this timeout is exceeded, reading returns an error. - Default is 5 seconds. - -trans_retries=%u - This is the number of times that a transaction will be resent to a server that did - not answer for the last @trans_scan_timeout milliseconds. - When the number of resends exceeds this limit, the transaction is completed with error. - Default is 5 resends. - -crypto_thread_num=%u - Number of crypto processing threads. Threads are used both for RX and TX traffic. - Default is 2, or no threads if crypto operations are not supported. - -trans_max_pages=%u - Maximum number of pages in a single transaction. This parameter also controls - the number of pages, allocated for crypto processing (each crypto thread has - pool of pages, the number of which is equal to 'trans_max_pages'. - Default is 100 pages. - -crypto_fail_unsupported - If specified, mount will fail if the server does not support requested crypto operations. - By default mount will disable non-matching crypto operations. - -mcache_timeout=%u - Maximum number of milliseconds to wait for the mcache objects to be processed. - Mcache includes locks (given lock should be granted by server), attributes (they should be - fully received in the given timeframe). - Default is 5 seconds. - -Usage examples. - -Add server server1.net:1025 into the working set with index $idx -with appropriate hash algorithm and key file and cipher algorithm, mode and key file: -$cfg A add -a server1.net -p 1025 -i $idx -K $hash_key -k $cipher_key - -Mount filesystem with given index $idx to /mnt mountpoint. -Client will connect to all servers specified in the working set via previous command: -mount -t pohmel -o idx=$idx q /mnt - -Change permissions to read-only (-I 1 option, '-I 2' - write-only, 3 - rw): -$cfg A modify -a server1.net -p 1025 -i $idx -I 1 - -Change IO priority to 123 (node with the highest priority gets read requests). -$cfg A modify -a server1.net -p 1025 -i $idx -P 123 - -One can check currect status of all connections in the mountstats file: -# cat /proc/$PID/mountstats -... -device none mounted on /mnt with fstype pohmel -idx addr(:port) socket_type protocol active priority permissions -0 server1.net:1026 1 6 1 250 1 -0 server2.net:1025 1 6 1 123 3 - -Server installation. - -Creating a server, which listens at port 1025 and 0.0.0.0 address. -Working root directory (note, that server chroots there, so you have to have appropriate permissions) -is set to /mnt, server will negotiate hash/cipher with client, in case client requested it, there -are appropriate key files. -Number of working threads is set to 10. - -# ./fserver -a 0.0.0.0 -p 1025 -r /mnt -w 10 -K hash_key -k cipher_key - - -A 6 - listen on ipv6 address. Default: Disabled. - -r root - path to root directory. Default: /tmp. - -a addr - listen address. Default: 0.0.0.0. - -p port - listen port. Default: 1025. - -w workers - number of workers per connected client. Default: 1. - -K file - hash key size. Default: none. - -k file - cipher key size. Default: none. - -h - this help. - -Number of worker threads specifies how many workers will be created for each client. -Bulk single-client transafers usually are better handled with smaller number (like 1-3). diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/pohmelfs/network_protocol.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/pohmelfs/network_protocol.txt deleted file mode 100644 index c680b4b5353d..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/pohmelfs/network_protocol.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,227 +0,0 @@ -POHMELFS network protocol. - -Basic structure used in network communication is following command: - -struct netfs_cmd -{ - __u16 cmd; /* Command number */ - __u16 csize; /* Attached crypto information size */ - __u16 cpad; /* Attached padding size */ - __u16 ext; /* External flags */ - __u32 size; /* Size of the attached data */ - __u32 trans; /* Transaction id */ - __u64 id; /* Object ID to operate on. Used for feedback.*/ - __u64 start; /* Start of the object. */ - __u64 iv; /* IV sequence */ - __u8 data[0]; -}; - -Commands can be embedded into transaction command (which in turn has own command), -so one can extend protocol as needed without breaking backward compatibility as long -as old commands are supported. All string lengths include tail 0 byte. - -All commands are transferred over the network in big-endian. CPU endianness is used at the end peers. - -@cmd - command number, which specifies command to be processed. Following - commands are used currently: - - NETFS_READDIR = 1, /* Read directory for given inode number */ - NETFS_READ_PAGE, /* Read data page from the server */ - NETFS_WRITE_PAGE, /* Write data page to the server */ - NETFS_CREATE, /* Create directory entry */ - NETFS_REMOVE, /* Remove directory entry */ - NETFS_LOOKUP, /* Lookup single object */ - NETFS_LINK, /* Create a link */ - NETFS_TRANS, /* Transaction */ - NETFS_OPEN, /* Open intent */ - NETFS_INODE_INFO, /* Metadata cache coherency synchronization message */ - NETFS_PAGE_CACHE, /* Page cache invalidation message */ - NETFS_READ_PAGES, /* Read multiple contiguous pages in one go */ - NETFS_RENAME, /* Rename object */ - NETFS_CAPABILITIES, /* Capabilities of the client, for example supported crypto */ - NETFS_LOCK, /* Distributed lock message */ - NETFS_XATTR_SET, /* Set extended attribute */ - NETFS_XATTR_GET, /* Get extended attribute */ - -@ext - external flags. Used by different commands to specify some extra arguments - like partial size of the embedded objects or creation flags. - -@size - size of the attached data. For NETFS_READ_PAGE and NETFS_READ_PAGES no data is attached, - but size of the requested data is incorporated here. It does not include size of the command - header (struct netfs_cmd) itself. - -@id - id of the object this command operates on. Each command can use it for own purpose. - -@start - start of the object this command operates on. Each command can use it for own purpose. - -@csize, @cpad - size and padding size of the (attached if needed) crypto information. - -Command specifications. - -@NETFS_READDIR -This command is used to sync content of the remote dir to the client. - -@ext - length of the path to object. -@size - the same. -@id - local inode number of the directory to read. -@start - zero. - - -@NETFS_READ_PAGE -This command is used to read data from remote server. -Data size does not exceed local page cache size. - -@id - inode number. -@start - first byte offset. -@size - number of bytes to read plus length of the path to object. -@ext - object path length. - - -@NETFS_CREATE -Used to create object. -It does not require that all directories on top of the object were -already created, it will create them automatically. Each object has -associated @netfs_path_entry data structure, which contains creation -mode (permissions and type) and length of the name as long as name itself. - -@start - 0 -@size - size of the all data structures needed to create a path -@id - local inode number -@ext - 0 - - -@NETFS_REMOVE -Used to remove object. - -@ext - length of the path to object. -@size - the same. -@id - local inode number. -@start - zero. - - -@NETFS_LOOKUP -Lookup information about object on server. - -@ext - length of the path to object. -@size - the same. -@id - local inode number of the directory to look object in. -@start - local inode number of the object to look at. - - -@NETFS_LINK -Create hard of symlink. -Command is sent as "object_path|target_path". - -@size - size of the above string. -@id - parent local inode number. -@start - 1 for symlink, 0 for hardlink. -@ext - size of the "object_path" above. - - -@NETFS_TRANS -Transaction header. - -@size - incorporates all embedded command sizes including theirs header sizes. -@start - transaction generation number - unique id used to find transaction. -@ext - transaction flags. Unused at the moment. -@id - 0. - - -@NETFS_OPEN -Open intent for given transaction. - -@id - local inode number. -@start - 0. -@size - path length to the object. -@ext - open flags (O_RDWR and so on). - - -@NETFS_INODE_INFO -Metadata update command. -It is sent to servers when attributes of the object are changed and received -when data or metadata were updated. It operates with the following structure: - -struct netfs_inode_info -{ - unsigned int mode; - unsigned int nlink; - unsigned int uid; - unsigned int gid; - unsigned int blocksize; - unsigned int padding; - __u64 ino; - __u64 blocks; - __u64 rdev; - __u64 size; - __u64 version; -}; - -It effectively mirrors stat(2) returned data. - - -@ext - path length to the object. -@size - the same plus size of the netfs_inode_info structure. -@id - local inode number. -@start - 0. - - -@NETFS_PAGE_CACHE -Command is only received by clients. It contains information about -page to be marked as not up-to-date. - -@id - client's inode number. -@start - last byte of the page to be invalidated. If it is not equal to - current inode size, it will be vmtruncated(). -@size - 0 -@ext - 0 - - -@NETFS_READ_PAGES -Used to read multiple contiguous pages in one go. - -@start - first byte of the contiguous region to read. -@size - contains of two fields: lower 8 bits are used to represent page cache shift - used by client, another 3 bytes are used to get number of pages. -@id - local inode number. -@ext - path length to the object. - - -@NETFS_RENAME -Used to rename object. -Attached data is formed into following string: "old_path|new_path". - -@id - local inode number. -@start - parent inode number. -@size - length of the above string. -@ext - length of the old path part. - - -@NETFS_CAPABILITIES -Used to exchange crypto capabilities with server. -If crypto capabilities are not supported by server, then client will disable it -or fail (if 'crypto_fail_unsupported' mount options was specified). - -@id - superblock index. Used to specify crypto information for group of servers. -@size - size of the attached capabilities structure. -@start - 0. -@size - 0. -@scsize - 0. - -@NETFS_LOCK -Used to send lock request/release messages. Although it sends byte range request -and is capable of flushing pages based on that, it is not used, since all Linux -filesystems lock the whole inode. - -@id - lock generation number. -@start - start of the locked range. -@size - size of the locked range. -@ext - lock type: read/write. Not used actually. 15'th bit is used to determine, - if it is lock request (1) or release (0). - -@NETFS_XATTR_SET -@NETFS_XATTR_GET -Used to set/get extended attributes for given inode. -@id - attribute generation number or xattr setting type -@start - size of the attribute (request or attached) -@size - name length, path len and data size for given attribute -@ext - path length for given object diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/porting b/Documentation/filesystems/porting index 321d74b73937..cf43bc4dbf31 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/porting +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/porting @@ -623,6 +623,11 @@ in your dentry operations instead. On success you get a new struct file sharing the mount/dentry with the original, on failure - ERR_PTR(). -- +[mandatory] + ->clone_file_range() and ->dedupe_file_range have been replaced with + ->remap_file_range(). See Documentation/filesystems/vfs.txt for more + information. +-- [recommended] ->lookup() instances doing an equivalent of if (IS_ERR(inode)) diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/ubifs-authentication.md b/Documentation/filesystems/ubifs-authentication.md new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..028b3e2e25f9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/ubifs-authentication.md @@ -0,0 +1,426 @@ +% UBIFS Authentication +% sigma star gmbh +% 2018 + +# Introduction + +UBIFS utilizes the fscrypt framework to provide confidentiality for file +contents and file names. This prevents attacks where an attacker is able to +read contents of the filesystem on a single point in time. A classic example +is a lost smartphone where the attacker is unable to read personal data stored +on the device without the filesystem decryption key. + +At the current state, UBIFS encryption however does not prevent attacks where +the attacker is able to modify the filesystem contents and the user uses the +device afterwards. In such a scenario an attacker can modify filesystem +contents arbitrarily without the user noticing. One example is to modify a +binary to perform a malicious action when executed [DMC-CBC-ATTACK]. Since +most of the filesystem metadata of UBIFS is stored in plain, this makes it +fairly easy to swap files and replace their contents. + +Other full disk encryption systems like dm-crypt cover all filesystem metadata, +which makes such kinds of attacks more complicated, but not impossible. +Especially, if the attacker is given access to the device multiple points in +time. For dm-crypt and other filesystems that build upon the Linux block IO +layer, the dm-integrity or dm-verity subsystems [DM-INTEGRITY, DM-VERITY] +can be used to get full data authentication at the block layer. +These can also be combined with dm-crypt [CRYPTSETUP2]. + +This document describes an approach to get file contents _and_ full metadata +authentication for UBIFS. Since UBIFS uses fscrypt for file contents and file +name encryption, the authentication system could be tied into fscrypt such that +existing features like key derivation can be utilized. It should however also +be possible to use UBIFS authentication without using encryption. + + +## MTD, UBI & UBIFS + +On Linux, the MTD (Memory Technology Devices) subsystem provides a uniform +interface to access raw flash devices. One of the more prominent subsystems that +work on top of MTD is UBI (Unsorted Block Images). It provides volume management +for flash devices and is thus somewhat similar to LVM for block devices. In +addition, it deals with flash-specific wear-leveling and transparent I/O error +handling. UBI offers logical erase blocks (LEBs) to the layers on top of it +and maps them transparently to physical erase blocks (PEBs) on the flash. + +UBIFS is a filesystem for raw flash which operates on top of UBI. Thus, wear +leveling and some flash specifics are left to UBI, while UBIFS focuses on +scalability, performance and recoverability. + + + + +------------+ +*******+ +-----------+ +-----+ + | | * UBIFS * | UBI-BLOCK | | ... | + | JFFS/JFFS2 | +*******+ +-----------+ +-----+ + | | +-----------------------------+ +-----------+ +-----+ + | | | UBI | | MTD-BLOCK | | ... | + +------------+ +-----------------------------+ +-----------+ +-----+ + +------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | MEMORY TECHNOLOGY DEVICES (MTD) | + +------------------------------------------------------------------+ + +-----------------------------+ +--------------------------+ +-----+ + | NAND DRIVERS | | NOR DRIVERS | | ... | + +-----------------------------+ +--------------------------+ +-----+ + + Figure 1: Linux kernel subsystems for dealing with raw flash + + + +Internally, UBIFS maintains multiple data structures which are persisted on +the flash: + +- *Index*: an on-flash B+ tree where the leaf nodes contain filesystem data +- *Journal*: an additional data structure to collect FS changes before updating + the on-flash index and reduce flash wear. +- *Tree Node Cache (TNC)*: an in-memory B+ tree that reflects the current FS + state to avoid frequent flash reads. It is basically the in-memory + representation of the index, but contains additional attributes. +- *LEB property tree (LPT)*: an on-flash B+ tree for free space accounting per + UBI LEB. + +In the remainder of this section we will cover the on-flash UBIFS data +structures in more detail. The TNC is of less importance here since it is never +persisted onto the flash directly. More details on UBIFS can also be found in +[UBIFS-WP]. + + +### UBIFS Index & Tree Node Cache + +Basic on-flash UBIFS entities are called *nodes*. UBIFS knows different types +of nodes. Eg. data nodes (`struct ubifs_data_node`) which store chunks of file +contents or inode nodes (`struct ubifs_ino_node`) which represent VFS inodes. +Almost all types of nodes share a common header (`ubifs_ch`) containing basic +information like node type, node length, a sequence number, etc. (see +`fs/ubifs/ubifs-media.h`in kernel source). Exceptions are entries of the LPT +and some less important node types like padding nodes which are used to pad +unusable content at the end of LEBs. + +To avoid re-writing the whole B+ tree on every single change, it is implemented +as *wandering tree*, where only the changed nodes are re-written and previous +versions of them are obsoleted without erasing them right away. As a result, +the index is not stored in a single place on the flash, but *wanders* around +and there are obsolete parts on the flash as long as the LEB containing them is +not reused by UBIFS. To find the most recent version of the index, UBIFS stores +a special node called *master node* into UBI LEB 1 which always points to the +most recent root node of the UBIFS index. For recoverability, the master node +is additionally duplicated to LEB 2. Mounting UBIFS is thus a simple read of +LEB 1 and 2 to get the current master node and from there get the location of +the most recent on-flash index. + +The TNC is the in-memory representation of the on-flash index. It contains some +additional runtime attributes per node which are not persisted. One of these is +a dirty-flag which marks nodes that have to be persisted the next time the +index is written onto the flash. The TNC acts as a write-back cache and all +modifications of the on-flash index are done through the TNC. Like other caches, +the TNC does not have to mirror the full index into memory, but reads parts of +it from flash whenever needed. A *commit* is the UBIFS operation of updating the +on-flash filesystem structures like the index. On every commit, the TNC nodes +marked as dirty are written to the flash to update the persisted index. + + +### Journal + +To avoid wearing out the flash, the index is only persisted (*commited*) when +certain conditions are met (eg. `fsync(2)`). The journal is used to record +any changes (in form of inode nodes, data nodes etc.) between commits +of the index. During mount, the journal is read from the flash and replayed +onto the TNC (which will be created on-demand from the on-flash index). + +UBIFS reserves a bunch of LEBs just for the journal called *log area*. The +amount of log area LEBs is configured on filesystem creation (using +`mkfs.ubifs`) and stored in the superblock node. The log area contains only +two types of nodes: *reference nodes* and *commit start nodes*. A commit start +node is written whenever an index commit is performed. Reference nodes are +written on every journal update. Each reference node points to the position of +other nodes (inode nodes, data nodes etc.) on the flash that are part of this +journal entry. These nodes are called *buds* and describe the actual filesystem +changes including their data. + +The log area is maintained as a ring. Whenever the journal is almost full, +a commit is initiated. This also writes a commit start node so that during +mount, UBIFS will seek for the most recent commit start node and just replay +every reference node after that. Every reference node before the commit start +node will be ignored as they are already part of the on-flash index. + +When writing a journal entry, UBIFS first ensures that enough space is +available to write the reference node and buds part of this entry. Then, the +reference node is written and afterwards the buds describing the file changes. +On replay, UBIFS will record every reference node and inspect the location of +the referenced LEBs to discover the buds. If these are corrupt or missing, +UBIFS will attempt to recover them by re-reading the LEB. This is however only +done for the last referenced LEB of the journal. Only this can become corrupt +because of a power cut. If the recovery fails, UBIFS will not mount. An error +for every other LEB will directly cause UBIFS to fail the mount operation. + + + | ---- LOG AREA ---- | ---------- MAIN AREA ------------ | + + -----+------+-----+--------+---- ------+-----+-----+--------------- + \ | | | | / / | | | \ + / CS | REF | REF | | \ \ DENT | INO | INO | / + \ | | | | / / | | | \ + ----+------+-----+--------+--- -------+-----+-----+---------------- + | | ^ ^ + | | | | + +------------------------+ | + | | + +-------------------------------+ + + + Figure 2: UBIFS flash layout of log area with commit start nodes + (CS) and reference nodes (REF) pointing to main area + containing their buds + + +### LEB Property Tree/Table + +The LEB property tree is used to store per-LEB information. This includes the +LEB type and amount of free and *dirty* (old, obsolete content) space [1] on +the LEB. The type is important, because UBIFS never mixes index nodes with data +nodes on a single LEB and thus each LEB has a specific purpose. This again is +useful for free space calculations. See [UBIFS-WP] for more details. + +The LEB property tree again is a B+ tree, but it is much smaller than the +index. Due to its smaller size it is always written as one chunk on every +commit. Thus, saving the LPT is an atomic operation. + + +[1] Since LEBs can only be appended and never overwritten, there is a +difference between free space ie. the remaining space left on the LEB to be +written to without erasing it and previously written content that is obsolete +but can't be overwritten without erasing the full LEB. + + +# UBIFS Authentication + +This chapter introduces UBIFS authentication which enables UBIFS to verify +the authenticity and integrity of metadata and file contents stored on flash. + + +## Threat Model + +UBIFS authentication enables detection of offline data modification. While it +does not prevent it, it enables (trusted) code to check the integrity and +authenticity of on-flash file contents and filesystem metadata. This covers +attacks where file contents are swapped. + +UBIFS authentication will not protect against rollback of full flash contents. +Ie. an attacker can still dump the flash and restore it at a later time without +detection. It will also not protect against partial rollback of individual +index commits. That means that an attacker is able to partially undo changes. +This is possible because UBIFS does not immediately overwrites obsolete +versions of the index tree or the journal, but instead marks them as obsolete +and garbage collection erases them at a later time. An attacker can use this by +erasing parts of the current tree and restoring old versions that are still on +the flash and have not yet been erased. This is possible, because every commit +will always write a new version of the index root node and the master node +without overwriting the previous version. This is further helped by the +wear-leveling operations of UBI which copies contents from one physical +eraseblock to another and does not atomically erase the first eraseblock. + +UBIFS authentication does not cover attacks where an attacker is able to +execute code on the device after the authentication key was provided. +Additional measures like secure boot and trusted boot have to be taken to +ensure that only trusted code is executed on a device. + + +## Authentication + +To be able to fully trust data read from flash, all UBIFS data structures +stored on flash are authenticated. That is: + +- The index which includes file contents, file metadata like extended + attributes, file length etc. +- The journal which also contains file contents and metadata by recording changes + to the filesystem +- The LPT which stores UBI LEB metadata which UBIFS uses for free space accounting + + +### Index Authentication + +Through UBIFS' concept of a wandering tree, it already takes care of only +updating and persisting changed parts from leaf node up to the root node +of the full B+ tree. This enables us to augment the index nodes of the tree +with a hash over each node's child nodes. As a result, the index basically also +a Merkle tree. Since the leaf nodes of the index contain the actual filesystem +data, the hashes of their parent index nodes thus cover all the file contents +and file metadata. When a file changes, the UBIFS index is updated accordingly +from the leaf nodes up to the root node including the master node. This process +can be hooked to recompute the hash only for each changed node at the same time. +Whenever a file is read, UBIFS can verify the hashes from each leaf node up to +the root node to ensure the node's integrity. + +To ensure the authenticity of the whole index, the UBIFS master node stores a +keyed hash (HMAC) over its own contents and a hash of the root node of the index +tree. As mentioned above, the master node is always written to the flash whenever +the index is persisted (ie. on index commit). + +Using this approach only UBIFS index nodes and the master node are changed to +include a hash. All other types of nodes will remain unchanged. This reduces +the storage overhead which is precious for users of UBIFS (ie. embedded +devices). + + + +---------------+ + | Master Node | + | (hash) | + +---------------+ + | + v + +-------------------+ + | Index Node #1 | + | | + | branch0 branchn | + | (hash) (hash) | + +-------------------+ + | ... | (fanout: 8) + | | + +-------+ +------+ + | | + v v + +-------------------+ +-------------------+ + | Index Node #2 | | Index Node #3 | + | | | | + | branch0 branchn | | branch0 branchn | + | (hash) (hash) | | (hash) (hash) | + +-------------------+ +-------------------+ + | ... | ... | + v v v + +-----------+ +----------+ +-----------+ + | Data Node | | INO Node | | DENT Node | + +-----------+ +----------+ +-----------+ + + + Figure 3: Coverage areas of index node hash and master node HMAC + + + +The most important part for robustness and power-cut safety is to atomically +persist the hash and file contents. Here the existing UBIFS logic for how +changed nodes are persisted is already designed for this purpose such that +UBIFS can safely recover if a power-cut occurs while persisting. Adding +hashes to index nodes does not change this since each hash will be persisted +atomically together with its respective node. + + +### Journal Authentication + +The journal is authenticated too. Since the journal is continuously written +it is necessary to also add authentication information frequently to the +journal so that in case of a powercut not too much data can't be authenticated. +This is done by creating a continuous hash beginning from the commit start node +over the previous reference nodes, the current reference node, and the bud +nodes. From time to time whenever it is suitable authentication nodes are added +between the bud nodes. This new node type contains a HMAC over the current state +of the hash chain. That way a journal can be authenticated up to the last +authentication node. The tail of the journal which may not have a authentication +node cannot be authenticated and is skipped during journal replay. + +We get this picture for journal authentication: + + ,,,,,,,, + ,......,........................................... + ,. CS , hash1.----. hash2.----. + ,. | , . |hmac . |hmac + ,. v , . v . v + ,.REF#0,-> bud -> bud -> bud.-> auth -> bud -> bud.-> auth ... + ,..|...,........................................... + , | , + , | ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, + . | hash3,----. + , | , |hmac + , v , v + , REF#1 -> bud -> bud,-> auth ... + ,,,|,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, + v + REF#2 -> ... + | + V + ... + +Since the hash also includes the reference nodes an attacker cannot reorder or +skip any journal heads for replay. An attacker can only remove bud nodes or +reference nodes from the end of the journal, effectively rewinding the +filesystem at maximum back to the last commit. + +The location of the log area is stored in the master node. Since the master +node is authenticated with a HMAC as described above, it is not possible to +tamper with that without detection. The size of the log area is specified when +the filesystem is created using `mkfs.ubifs` and stored in the superblock node. +To avoid tampering with this and other values stored there, a HMAC is added to +the superblock struct. The superblock node is stored in LEB 0 and is only +modified on feature flag or similar changes, but never on file changes. + + +### LPT Authentication + +The location of the LPT root node on the flash is stored in the UBIFS master +node. Since the LPT is written and read atomically on every commit, there is +no need to authenticate individual nodes of the tree. It suffices to +protect the integrity of the full LPT by a simple hash stored in the master +node. Since the master node itself is authenticated, the LPTs authenticity can +be verified by verifying the authenticity of the master node and comparing the +LTP hash stored there with the hash computed from the read on-flash LPT. + + +## Key Management + +For simplicity, UBIFS authentication uses a single key to compute the HMACs +of superblock, master, commit start and reference nodes. This key has to be +available on creation of the filesystem (`mkfs.ubifs`) to authenticate the +superblock node. Further, it has to be available on mount of the filesystem +to verify authenticated nodes and generate new HMACs for changes. + +UBIFS authentication is intended to operate side-by-side with UBIFS encryption +(fscrypt) to provide confidentiality and authenticity. Since UBIFS encryption +has a different approach of encryption policies per directory, there can be +multiple fscrypt master keys and there might be folders without encryption. +UBIFS authentication on the other hand has an all-or-nothing approach in the +sense that it either authenticates everything of the filesystem or nothing. +Because of this and because UBIFS authentication should also be usable without +encryption, it does not share the same master key with fscrypt, but manages +a dedicated authentication key. + +The API for providing the authentication key has yet to be defined, but the +key can eg. be provided by userspace through a keyring similar to the way it +is currently done in fscrypt. It should however be noted that the current +fscrypt approach has shown its flaws and the userspace API will eventually +change [FSCRYPT-POLICY2]. + +Nevertheless, it will be possible for a user to provide a single passphrase +or key in userspace that covers UBIFS authentication and encryption. This can +be solved by the corresponding userspace tools which derive a second key for +authentication in addition to the derived fscrypt master key used for +encryption. + +To be able to check if the proper key is available on mount, the UBIFS +superblock node will additionally store a hash of the authentication key. This +approach is similar to the approach proposed for fscrypt encryption policy v2 +[FSCRYPT-POLICY2]. + + +# Future Extensions + +In certain cases where a vendor wants to provide an authenticated filesystem +image to customers, it should be possible to do so without sharing the secret +UBIFS authentication key. Instead, in addition the each HMAC a digital +signature could be stored where the vendor shares the public key alongside the +filesystem image. In case this filesystem has to be modified afterwards, +UBIFS can exchange all digital signatures with HMACs on first mount similar +to the way the IMA/EVM subsystem deals with such situations. The HMAC key +will then have to be provided beforehand in the normal way. + + +# References + +[CRYPTSETUP2] http://www.saout.de/pipermail/dm-crypt/2017-November/005745.html + +[DMC-CBC-ATTACK] http://www.jakoblell.com/blog/2013/12/22/practical-malleability-attack-against-cbc-encrypted-luks-partitions/ + +[DM-INTEGRITY] https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/device-mapper/dm-integrity.txt + +[DM-VERITY] https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/device-mapper/verity.txt + +[FSCRYPT-POLICY2] https://www.spinics.net/lists/linux-ext4/msg58710.html + +[UBIFS-WP] http://www.linux-mtd.infradead.org/doc/ubifs_whitepaper.pdf diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/ubifs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/ubifs.txt index a0a61d2f389f..acc80442a3bb 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/ubifs.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/ubifs.txt @@ -91,6 +91,13 @@ chk_data_crc do not skip checking CRCs on data nodes compr=none override default compressor and set it to "none" compr=lzo override default compressor and set it to "lzo" compr=zlib override default compressor and set it to "zlib" +auth_key= specify the key used for authenticating the filesystem. + Passing this option makes authentication mandatory. + The passed key must be present in the kernel keyring + and must be of type 'logon' +auth_hash_name= The hash algorithm used for authentication. Used for + both hashing and for creating HMACs. Typical values + include "sha256" or "sha512" Quick usage instructions diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/vfs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/vfs.txt index a6c6a8af48a2..5f71a252e2e0 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/vfs.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/vfs.txt @@ -883,8 +883,9 @@ struct file_operations { unsigned (*mmap_capabilities)(struct file *); #endif ssize_t (*copy_file_range)(struct file *, loff_t, struct file *, loff_t, size_t, unsigned int); - int (*clone_file_range)(struct file *, loff_t, struct file *, loff_t, u64); - int (*dedupe_file_range)(struct file *, loff_t, struct file *, loff_t, u64); + loff_t (*remap_file_range)(struct file *file_in, loff_t pos_in, + struct file *file_out, loff_t pos_out, + loff_t len, unsigned int remap_flags); int (*fadvise)(struct file *, loff_t, loff_t, int); }; @@ -960,11 +961,18 @@ otherwise noted. copy_file_range: called by the copy_file_range(2) system call. - clone_file_range: called by the ioctl(2) system call for FICLONERANGE and - FICLONE commands. - - dedupe_file_range: called by the ioctl(2) system call for FIDEDUPERANGE - command. + remap_file_range: called by the ioctl(2) system call for FICLONERANGE and + FICLONE and FIDEDUPERANGE commands to remap file ranges. An + implementation should remap len bytes at pos_in of the source file into + the dest file at pos_out. Implementations must handle callers passing + in len == 0; this means "remap to the end of the source file". The + return value should the number of bytes remapped, or the usual + negative error code if errors occurred before any bytes were remapped. + The remap_flags parameter accepts REMAP_FILE_* flags. If + REMAP_FILE_DEDUP is set then the implementation must only remap if the + requested file ranges have identical contents. If REMAP_CAN_SHORTEN is + set, the caller is ok with the implementation shortening the request + length to satisfy alignment or EOF requirements (or any other reason). fadvise: possibly called by the fadvise64() system call. diff --git a/Documentation/gpu/drivers.rst b/Documentation/gpu/drivers.rst index 65be325bf282..7d2d3875ff1a 100644 --- a/Documentation/gpu/drivers.rst +++ b/Documentation/gpu/drivers.rst @@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ GPU Driver Documentation tve200 v3d vc4 + vkms bridge/dw-hdmi xen-front diff --git a/Documentation/gpu/drm-kms.rst b/Documentation/gpu/drm-kms.rst index 5dee6b8a4c12..4b1501b4835b 100644 --- a/Documentation/gpu/drm-kms.rst +++ b/Documentation/gpu/drm-kms.rst @@ -287,8 +287,14 @@ Atomic Mode Setting Function Reference .. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/drm_atomic.c :export: -.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/drm_atomic.c - :internal: +Atomic Mode Setting IOCTL and UAPI Functions +-------------------------------------------- + +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/drm_atomic_uapi.c + :doc: overview + +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/drm_atomic_uapi.c + :export: CRTC Abstraction ================ @@ -323,6 +329,12 @@ Frame Buffer Functions Reference DRM Format Handling =================== +.. kernel-doc:: include/uapi/drm/drm_fourcc.h + :doc: overview + +Format Functions Reference +-------------------------- + .. kernel-doc:: include/drm/drm_fourcc.h :internal: @@ -560,7 +572,7 @@ Tile Group Property Explicit Fencing Properties --------------------------- -.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/drm_atomic.c +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/drm_atomic_uapi.c :doc: explicit fencing properties Existing KMS Properties diff --git a/Documentation/gpu/drm-mm.rst b/Documentation/gpu/drm-mm.rst index 21b6b72a9ba8..e725e8449e72 100644 --- a/Documentation/gpu/drm-mm.rst +++ b/Documentation/gpu/drm-mm.rst @@ -297,7 +297,7 @@ made up of several fields, the more interesting ones being: struct vm_operations_struct { void (*open)(struct vm_area_struct * area); void (*close)(struct vm_area_struct * area); - int (*fault)(struct vm_fault *vmf); + vm_fault_t (*fault)(struct vm_fault *vmf); }; @@ -505,7 +505,7 @@ GPU Scheduler Overview -------- -.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/scheduler/gpu_scheduler.c +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/scheduler/sched_main.c :doc: Overview Scheduler Function References @@ -514,5 +514,5 @@ Scheduler Function References .. kernel-doc:: include/drm/gpu_scheduler.h :internal: -.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/scheduler/gpu_scheduler.c +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/scheduler/sched_main.c :export: diff --git a/Documentation/gpu/todo.rst b/Documentation/gpu/todo.rst index a7c150d6b63f..77c2b3c25565 100644 --- a/Documentation/gpu/todo.rst +++ b/Documentation/gpu/todo.rst @@ -127,7 +127,8 @@ interfaces to fix these issues: the acquire context explicitly on stack and then also pass it down into drivers explicitly so that the legacy-on-atomic functions can use them. - Except for some driver code this is done. + Except for some driver code this is done. This task should be finished by + adding WARN_ON(!drm_drv_uses_atomic_modeset) in drm_modeset_lock_all(). * A bunch of the vtable hooks are now in the wrong place: DRM has a split between core vfunc tables (named ``drm_foo_funcs``), which are used to @@ -137,13 +138,6 @@ interfaces to fix these issues: ``_helper_funcs`` since they are not part of the core ABI. There's a ``FIXME`` comment in the kerneldoc for each such case in ``drm_crtc.h``. -* There's a new helper ``drm_atomic_helper_best_encoder()`` which could be - used by all atomic drivers which don't select the encoder for a given - connector at runtime. That's almost all of them, and would allow us to get - rid of a lot of ``best_encoder`` boilerplate in drivers. - - This was almost done, but new drivers added a few more cases again. - Contact: Daniel Vetter Get rid of dev->struct_mutex from GEM drivers @@ -164,9 +158,8 @@ private lock. The tricky part is the BO free functions, since those can't reliably take that lock any more. Instead state needs to be protected with suitable subordinate locks or some cleanup work pushed to a worker thread. For performance-critical drivers it might also be better to go with a more -fine-grained per-buffer object and per-context lockings scheme. Currently the -following drivers still use ``struct_mutex``: ``msm``, ``omapdrm`` and -``udl``. +fine-grained per-buffer object and per-context lockings scheme. Currently only the +``msm`` driver still use ``struct_mutex``. Contact: Daniel Vetter, respective driver maintainers @@ -190,7 +183,8 @@ Convert drivers to use simple modeset suspend/resume Most drivers (except i915 and nouveau) that use drm_atomic_helper_suspend/resume() can probably be converted to use -drm_mode_config_helper_suspend/resume(). +drm_mode_config_helper_suspend/resume(). Also there's still open-coded version +of the atomic suspend/resume code in older atomic modeset drivers. Contact: Maintainer of the driver you plan to convert @@ -246,20 +240,10 @@ Core refactorings Clean up the DRM header mess ---------------------------- -Currently the DRM subsystem has only one global header, ``drmP.h``. This is -used both for functions exported to helper libraries and drivers and functions -only used internally in the ``drm.ko`` module. The goal would be to move all -header declarations not needed outside of ``drm.ko`` into -``drivers/gpu/drm/drm_*_internal.h`` header files. ``EXPORT_SYMBOL`` also -needs to be dropped for these functions. - -This would nicely tie in with the below task to create kerneldoc after the API -is cleaned up. Or with the "hide legacy cruft better" task. - -Note that this is well in progress, but ``drmP.h`` is still huge. The updated -plan is to switch to per-file driver API headers, which will also structure -the kerneldoc better. This should also allow more fine-grained ``#include`` -directives. +The DRM subsystem originally had only one huge global header, ``drmP.h``. This +is now split up, but many source files still include it. The remaining part of +the cleanup work here is to replace any ``#include <drm/drmP.h>`` by only the +headers needed (and fixing up any missing pre-declarations in the headers). In the end no .c file should need to include ``drmP.h`` anymore. @@ -278,26 +262,6 @@ See https://dri.freedesktop.org/docs/drm/ for what's there already. Contact: Daniel Vetter -Hide legacy cruft better ------------------------- - -Way back DRM supported only drivers which shadow-attached to PCI devices with -userspace or fbdev drivers setting up outputs. Modern DRM drivers take charge -of the entire device, you can spot them with the DRIVER_MODESET flag. - -Unfortunately there's still large piles of legacy code around which needs to -be hidden so that driver writers don't accidentally end up using it. And to -prevent security issues in those legacy IOCTLs from being exploited on modern -drivers. This has multiple possible subtasks: - -* Extract support code for legacy features into a ``drm-legacy.ko`` kernel - module and compile it only when one of the legacy drivers is enabled. - -This is mostly done, the only thing left is to split up ``drm_irq.c`` into -legacy cruft and the parts needed by modern KMS drivers. - -Contact: Daniel Vetter - Make panic handling work ------------------------ @@ -396,17 +360,12 @@ converting things over. For modeset tests we also first need a bit of infrastructure to use dumb buffers for untiled buffers, to be able to run all the non-i915 specific modeset tests. -Contact: Daniel Vetter - -Create a virtual KMS driver for testing (vkms) ----------------------------------------------- - -With all the latest helpers it should be fairly simple to create a virtual KMS -driver useful for testing, or for running X or similar on headless machines -(to be able to still use the GPU). This would be similar to vgem, but aimed at -the modeset side. +Extend virtual test driver (VKMS) +--------------------------------- -Once the basics are there there's tons of possibilities to extend it. +See the documentation of :ref:`VKMS <vkms>` for more details. This is an ideal +internship task, since it only requires a virtual machine and can be sized to +fit the available time. Contact: Daniel Vetter diff --git a/Documentation/gpu/vkms.rst b/Documentation/gpu/vkms.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..0a6ea6216e41 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/gpu/vkms.rst @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +.. _vkms: + +========================================== + drm/vkms Virtual Kernel Modesetting +========================================== + +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/vkms/vkms_drv.c + :doc: vkms (Virtual Kernel Modesetting) + +TODO +==== + +CRC API +------- + +- Optimize CRC computation ``compute_crc()`` and plane blending ``blend()`` + +- Use the alpha value to blend vaddr_src with vaddr_dst instead of + overwriting it in ``blend()``. + +- Add igt test to check cleared alpha value for XRGB plane format. + +- Add igt test to check extreme alpha values i.e. fully opaque and fully + transparent (intermediate values are affected by hw-specific rounding modes). diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-nvidia-gpu b/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-nvidia-gpu new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..31884d2b2eb5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-nvidia-gpu @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +Kernel driver i2c-nvidia-gpu + +Datasheet: not publicly available. + +Authors: + Ajay Gupta <ajayg@nvidia.com> + +Description +----------- + +i2c-nvidia-gpu is a driver for I2C controller included in NVIDIA Turing +and later GPUs and it is used to communicate with Type-C controller on GPUs. + +If your 'lspci -v' listing shows something like the following, + +01:00.3 Serial bus controller [0c80]: NVIDIA Corporation Device 1ad9 (rev a1) + +then this driver should support the I2C controller of your GPU. diff --git a/Documentation/input/event-codes.rst b/Documentation/input/event-codes.rst index cef220c176a4..a8c0873beb95 100644 --- a/Documentation/input/event-codes.rst +++ b/Documentation/input/event-codes.rst @@ -190,16 +190,7 @@ A few EV_REL codes have special meanings: * REL_WHEEL, REL_HWHEEL: - These codes are used for vertical and horizontal scroll wheels, - respectively. The value is the number of "notches" moved on the wheel, the - physical size of which varies by device. For high-resolution wheels (which - report multiple events for each notch of movement, or do not have notches) - this may be an approximation based on the high-resolution scroll events. - -* REL_WHEEL_HI_RES: - - - If a vertical scroll wheel supports high-resolution scrolling, this code - will be emitted in addition to REL_WHEEL. The value is the (approximate) - distance travelled by the user's finger, in microns. + respectively. EV_ABS ------ diff --git a/Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.txt b/Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.txt index d05d93761653..af6f6ba1fe80 100644 --- a/Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.txt +++ b/Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.txt @@ -272,6 +272,7 @@ Code Seq#(hex) Include File Comments 't' 90-91 linux/toshiba.h toshiba and toshiba_acpi SMM 'u' 00-1F linux/smb_fs.h gone 'u' 20-3F linux/uvcvideo.h USB video class host driver +'u' 40-4f linux/udmabuf.h userspace dma-buf misc device 'v' 00-1F linux/ext2_fs.h conflict! 'v' 00-1F linux/fs.h conflict! 'v' 00-0F linux/sonypi.h conflict! diff --git a/Documentation/kbuild/makefiles.txt b/Documentation/kbuild/makefiles.txt index 7b6a2b2bdc98..8da26c6dd886 100644 --- a/Documentation/kbuild/makefiles.txt +++ b/Documentation/kbuild/makefiles.txt @@ -537,21 +537,6 @@ more details, with real examples. The third parameter may be a text as in this example, but it may also be an expanded variable or a macro. - cc-fullversion - cc-fullversion is useful when the exact version of gcc is needed. - One typical use-case is when a specific GCC version is broken. - cc-fullversion points out a more specific version than cc-version does. - - Example: - #arch/powerpc/Makefile - $(Q)if test "$(cc-fullversion)" = "040200" ; then \ - echo -n '*** GCC-4.2.0 cannot compile the 64-bit powerpc ' ; \ - false ; \ - fi - - In this example for a specific GCC version the build will error out - explaining to the user why it stops. - cc-cross-prefix cc-cross-prefix is used to check if there exists a $(CC) in path with one of the listed prefixes. The first prefix where there exist a diff --git a/Documentation/laptops/lg-laptop.rst b/Documentation/laptops/lg-laptop.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..e486fe7ddc35 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/laptops/lg-laptop.rst @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ +LG Gram laptop extra features +============================= + +By Matan Ziv-Av <matan@svgalib.org> + + +Hotkeys +------- + +The following FN keys are ignored by the kernel without this driver: +- FN-F1 (LG control panel) - Generates F15 +- FN-F5 (Touchpad toggle) - Generates F13 +- FN-F6 (Airplane mode) - Generates RFKILL +- FN-F8 (Keyboard backlight) - Generates F16. + This key also changes keyboard backlight mode. +- FN-F9 (Reader mode) - Generates F14 + +The rest of the FN key work without a need for a special driver. + + +Reader mode +----------- + +Writing 0/1 to /sys/devices/platform/lg-laptop/reader_mode disables/enables +reader mode. In this mode the screen colors change (blue color reduced), +and the reader mode indicator LED (on F9 key) turns on. + + +FN Lock +------- + +Writing 0/1 to /sys/devices/platform/lg-laptop/fn_lock disables/enables +FN lock. + + +Battery care limit +------------------ + +Writing 80/100 to /sys/devices/platform/lg-laptop/battery_care_limit +sets the maximum capacity to charge the battery. Limiting the charge +reduces battery capacity loss over time. + +This value is reset to 100 when the kernel boots. + + +Fan mode +-------- + +Writing 1/0 to /sys/devices/platform/lg-laptop/fan_mode disables/enables +the fan silent mode. + + +USB charge +---------- + +Writing 0/1 to /sys/devices/platform/lg-laptop/usb_charge disables/enables +charging another device from the USB port while the device is turned off. + +This value is reset to 0 when the kernel boots. + + +LEDs +~~~~ + +The are two LED devices supported by the driver: + +Keyboard backlight +------------------ + +A led device named kbd_led controls the keyboard backlight. There are three +lighting level: off (0), low (127) and high (255). + +The keyboard backlight is also controlled by the key combination FN-F8 +which cycles through those levels. + + +Touchpad indicator LED +---------------------- + +On the F5 key. Controlled by led device names tpad_led. diff --git a/Documentation/media/kapi/cec-core.rst b/Documentation/media/kapi/cec-core.rst index 1d989c544370..bca1d9d1d223 100644 --- a/Documentation/media/kapi/cec-core.rst +++ b/Documentation/media/kapi/cec-core.rst @@ -268,6 +268,10 @@ to 1, if the hardware does support retry then either set these counters to 0 if the hardware provides no feedback of which errors occurred and how many times, or fill in the correct values as reported by the hardware. +Be aware that calling these functions can immediately start a new transmit +if there is one pending in the queue. So make sure that the hardware is in +a state where new transmits can be started *before* calling these functions. + The cec_transmit_attempt_done() function is a helper for cases where the hardware never retries, so the transmit is always for just a single attempt. It will call cec_transmit_done() in turn, filling in 1 for the diff --git a/Documentation/media/kapi/mc-core.rst b/Documentation/media/kapi/mc-core.rst index 0c05503eaf1f..69362b3135c2 100644 --- a/Documentation/media/kapi/mc-core.rst +++ b/Documentation/media/kapi/mc-core.rst @@ -262,3 +262,5 @@ in the end provide a way to use driver-specific callbacks. .. kernel-doc:: include/media/media-devnode.h .. kernel-doc:: include/media/media-entity.h + +.. kernel-doc:: include/media/media-request.h diff --git a/Documentation/media/kapi/v4l2-subdev.rst b/Documentation/media/kapi/v4l2-subdev.rst index e1f0b726e438..1280e05b662b 100644 --- a/Documentation/media/kapi/v4l2-subdev.rst +++ b/Documentation/media/kapi/v4l2-subdev.rst @@ -247,20 +247,28 @@ performed using the :c:func:`v4l2_async_unregister_subdev` call. Subdevices registered this way are stored in a global list of subdevices, ready to be picked up by bridge drivers. -Bridge drivers in turn have to register a notifier object with an array of -subdevice descriptors that the bridge device needs for its operation. This is +Bridge drivers in turn have to register a notifier object. This is performed using the :c:func:`v4l2_async_notifier_register` call. To unregister the notifier the driver has to call :c:func:`v4l2_async_notifier_unregister`. The former of the two functions -takes two arguments: a pointer to struct :c:type:`v4l2_device` and a pointer to -struct :c:type:`v4l2_async_notifier`. The latter contains a pointer to an array -of pointers to subdevice descriptors of type struct :c:type:`v4l2_async_subdev` -type. The V4L2 core will then use these descriptors to match asynchronously -registered -subdevices to them. If a match is detected the ``.bound()`` notifier callback -is called. After all subdevices have been located the .complete() callback is -called. When a subdevice is removed from the system the .unbind() method is -called. All three callbacks are optional. +takes two arguments: a pointer to struct :c:type:`v4l2_device` and a +pointer to struct :c:type:`v4l2_async_notifier`. + +Before registering the notifier, bridge drivers must do two things: +first, the notifier must be initialized using the +:c:func:`v4l2_async_notifier_init`. Second, bridge drivers can then +begin to form a list of subdevice descriptors that the bridge device +needs for its operation. Subdevice descriptors are added to the notifier +using the :c:func:`v4l2_async_notifier_add_subdev` call. This function +takes two arguments: a pointer to struct :c:type:`v4l2_async_notifier`, +and a pointer to the subdevice descripter, which is of type struct +:c:type:`v4l2_async_subdev`. + +The V4L2 core will then use these descriptors to match asynchronously +registered subdevices to them. If a match is detected the ``.bound()`` +notifier callback is called. After all subdevices have been located the +.complete() callback is called. When a subdevice is removed from the +system the .unbind() method is called. All three callbacks are optional. V4L2 sub-device userspace API ----------------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/media/uapi/cec/cec-func-poll.rst b/Documentation/media/uapi/cec/cec-func-poll.rst index d49f1ee0742d..c698c969635c 100644 --- a/Documentation/media/uapi/cec/cec-func-poll.rst +++ b/Documentation/media/uapi/cec/cec-func-poll.rst @@ -74,4 +74,5 @@ is returned, and the ``errno`` variable is set appropriately: The call was interrupted by a signal. ``EINVAL`` - The ``nfds`` argument is greater than ``OPEN_MAX``. + The ``nfds`` value exceeds the ``RLIMIT_NOFILE`` value. Use + ``getrlimit()`` to obtain this value. diff --git a/Documentation/media/uapi/cec/cec-ioc-receive.rst b/Documentation/media/uapi/cec/cec-ioc-receive.rst index e964074cd15b..b25e48afaa08 100644 --- a/Documentation/media/uapi/cec/cec-ioc-receive.rst +++ b/Documentation/media/uapi/cec/cec-ioc-receive.rst @@ -16,10 +16,10 @@ CEC_RECEIVE, CEC_TRANSMIT - Receive or transmit a CEC message Synopsis ======== -.. c:function:: int ioctl( int fd, CEC_RECEIVE, struct cec_msg *argp ) +.. c:function:: int ioctl( int fd, CEC_RECEIVE, struct cec_msg \*argp ) :name: CEC_RECEIVE -.. c:function:: int ioctl( int fd, CEC_TRANSMIT, struct cec_msg *argp ) +.. c:function:: int ioctl( int fd, CEC_TRANSMIT, struct cec_msg \*argp ) :name: CEC_TRANSMIT Arguments @@ -272,6 +272,19 @@ View On' messages from initiator 0xf ('Unregistered') to destination 0 ('TV'). - The transmit failed after one or more retries. This status bit is mutually exclusive with :ref:`CEC_TX_STATUS_OK <CEC-TX-STATUS-OK>`. Other bits can still be set to explain which failures were seen. + * .. _`CEC-TX-STATUS-ABORTED`: + + - ``CEC_TX_STATUS_ABORTED`` + - 0x40 + - The transmit was aborted due to an HDMI disconnect, or the adapter + was unconfigured, or a transmit was interrupted, or the driver + returned an error when attempting to start a transmit. + * .. _`CEC-TX-STATUS-TIMEOUT`: + + - ``CEC_TX_STATUS_TIMEOUT`` + - 0x80 + - The transmit timed out. This should not normally happen and this + indicates a driver problem. .. tabularcolumns:: |p{5.6cm}|p{0.9cm}|p{11.0cm}| @@ -300,6 +313,14 @@ View On' messages from initiator 0xf ('Unregistered') to destination 0 ('TV'). - The message was received successfully but the reply was ``CEC_MSG_FEATURE_ABORT``. This status is only set if this message was the reply to an earlier transmitted message. + * .. _`CEC-RX-STATUS-ABORTED`: + + - ``CEC_RX_STATUS_ABORTED`` + - 0x08 + - The wait for a reply to an earlier transmitted message was aborted + because the HDMI cable was disconnected, the adapter was unconfigured + or the :ref:`CEC_TRANSMIT <CEC_RECEIVE>` that waited for a + reply was interrupted. diff --git a/Documentation/media/uapi/mediactl/media-controller.rst b/Documentation/media/uapi/mediactl/media-controller.rst index 0eea4f9a07d5..66aff38cd499 100644 --- a/Documentation/media/uapi/mediactl/media-controller.rst +++ b/Documentation/media/uapi/mediactl/media-controller.rst @@ -21,6 +21,7 @@ Part IV - Media Controller API media-controller-intro media-controller-model media-types + request-api media-funcs media-header diff --git a/Documentation/media/uapi/mediactl/media-funcs.rst b/Documentation/media/uapi/mediactl/media-funcs.rst index 076856501cdb..260f9dcadcde 100644 --- a/Documentation/media/uapi/mediactl/media-funcs.rst +++ b/Documentation/media/uapi/mediactl/media-funcs.rst @@ -16,3 +16,9 @@ Function Reference media-ioc-enum-entities media-ioc-enum-links media-ioc-setup-link + media-ioc-request-alloc + request-func-close + request-func-ioctl + request-func-poll + media-request-ioc-queue + media-request-ioc-reinit diff --git a/Documentation/media/uapi/mediactl/media-ioc-device-info.rst b/Documentation/media/uapi/mediactl/media-ioc-device-info.rst index 649cb3d9e058..c6f224e404b7 100644 --- a/Documentation/media/uapi/mediactl/media-ioc-device-info.rst +++ b/Documentation/media/uapi/mediactl/media-ioc-device-info.rst @@ -26,6 +26,7 @@ Arguments File descriptor returned by :ref:`open() <media-func-open>`. ``argp`` + Pointer to struct :c:type:`media_device_info`. Description diff --git a/Documentation/media/uapi/mediactl/media-ioc-enum-entities.rst b/Documentation/media/uapi/mediactl/media-ioc-enum-entities.rst index fc2e39c070c9..02738640e34e 100644 --- a/Documentation/media/uapi/mediactl/media-ioc-enum-entities.rst +++ b/Documentation/media/uapi/mediactl/media-ioc-enum-entities.rst @@ -26,6 +26,7 @@ Arguments File descriptor returned by :ref:`open() <media-func-open>`. ``argp`` + Pointer to struct :c:type:`media_entity_desc`. Description diff --git a/Documentation/media/uapi/mediactl/media-ioc-enum-links.rst b/Documentation/media/uapi/mediactl/media-ioc-enum-links.rst index f158c134e9b0..b89aaae373df 100644 --- a/Documentation/media/uapi/mediactl/media-ioc-enum-links.rst +++ b/Documentation/media/uapi/mediactl/media-ioc-enum-links.rst @@ -26,6 +26,7 @@ Arguments File descriptor returned by :ref:`open() <media-func-open>`. ``argp`` + Pointer to struct :c:type:`media_links_enum`. Description diff --git a/Documentation/media/uapi/mediactl/media-ioc-g-topology.rst b/Documentation/media/uapi/mediactl/media-ioc-g-topology.rst index bac128c7eda9..4e1c59238371 100644 --- a/Documentation/media/uapi/mediactl/media-ioc-g-topology.rst +++ b/Documentation/media/uapi/mediactl/media-ioc-g-topology.rst @@ -26,6 +26,7 @@ Arguments File descriptor returned by :ref:`open() <media-func-open>`. ``argp`` + Pointer to struct :c:type:`media_v2_topology`. Description diff --git a/Documentation/media/uapi/mediactl/media-ioc-request-alloc.rst b/Documentation/media/uapi/mediactl/media-ioc-request-alloc.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..0f8b31874002 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/media/uapi/mediactl/media-ioc-request-alloc.rst @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 OR GFDL-1.1-or-later WITH no-invariant-sections + +.. _media_ioc_request_alloc: + +***************************** +ioctl MEDIA_IOC_REQUEST_ALLOC +***************************** + +Name +==== + +MEDIA_IOC_REQUEST_ALLOC - Allocate a request + + +Synopsis +======== + +.. c:function:: int ioctl( int fd, MEDIA_IOC_REQUEST_ALLOC, int *argp ) + :name: MEDIA_IOC_REQUEST_ALLOC + + +Arguments +========= + +``fd`` + File descriptor returned by :ref:`open() <media-func-open>`. + +``argp`` + Pointer to an integer. + + +Description +=========== + +If the media device supports :ref:`requests <media-request-api>`, then +this ioctl can be used to allocate a request. If it is not supported, then +``errno`` is set to ``ENOTTY``. A request is accessed through a file descriptor +that is returned in ``*argp``. + +If the request was successfully allocated, then the request file descriptor +can be passed to the :ref:`VIDIOC_QBUF <VIDIOC_QBUF>`, +:ref:`VIDIOC_G_EXT_CTRLS <VIDIOC_G_EXT_CTRLS>`, +:ref:`VIDIOC_S_EXT_CTRLS <VIDIOC_G_EXT_CTRLS>` and +:ref:`VIDIOC_TRY_EXT_CTRLS <VIDIOC_G_EXT_CTRLS>` ioctls. + +In addition, the request can be queued by calling +:ref:`MEDIA_REQUEST_IOC_QUEUE` and re-initialized by calling +:ref:`MEDIA_REQUEST_IOC_REINIT`. + +Finally, the file descriptor can be :ref:`polled <request-func-poll>` to wait +for the request to complete. + +The request will remain allocated until all the file descriptors associated +with it are closed by :ref:`close() <request-func-close>` and the driver no +longer uses the request internally. See also +:ref:`here <media-request-life-time>` for more information. + +Return Value +============ + +On success 0 is returned, on error -1 and the ``errno`` variable is set +appropriately. The generic error codes are described at the +:ref:`Generic Error Codes <gen-errors>` chapter. + +ENOTTY + The driver has no support for requests. diff --git a/Documentation/media/uapi/mediactl/media-ioc-setup-link.rst b/Documentation/media/uapi/mediactl/media-ioc-setup-link.rst index ae5194940100..e345e7dc9ad7 100644 --- a/Documentation/media/uapi/mediactl/media-ioc-setup-link.rst +++ b/Documentation/media/uapi/mediactl/media-ioc-setup-link.rst @@ -26,6 +26,7 @@ Arguments File descriptor returned by :ref:`open() <media-func-open>`. ``argp`` + Pointer to struct :c:type:`media_link_desc`. Description diff --git a/Documentation/media/uapi/mediactl/media-request-ioc-queue.rst b/Documentation/media/uapi/mediactl/media-request-ioc-queue.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..6dd2d7fea714 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/media/uapi/mediactl/media-request-ioc-queue.rst @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 OR GFDL-1.1-or-later WITH no-invariant-sections + +.. _media_request_ioc_queue: + +***************************** +ioctl MEDIA_REQUEST_IOC_QUEUE +***************************** + +Name +==== + +MEDIA_REQUEST_IOC_QUEUE - Queue a request + + +Synopsis +======== + +.. c:function:: int ioctl( int request_fd, MEDIA_REQUEST_IOC_QUEUE ) + :name: MEDIA_REQUEST_IOC_QUEUE + + +Arguments +========= + +``request_fd`` + File descriptor returned by :ref:`MEDIA_IOC_REQUEST_ALLOC`. + + +Description +=========== + +If the media device supports :ref:`requests <media-request-api>`, then +this request ioctl can be used to queue a previously allocated request. + +If the request was successfully queued, then the file descriptor can be +:ref:`polled <request-func-poll>` to wait for the request to complete. + +If the request was already queued before, then ``EBUSY`` is returned. +Other errors can be returned if the contents of the request contained +invalid or inconsistent data, see the next section for a list of +common error codes. On error both the request and driver state are unchanged. + +Once a request is queued, then the driver is required to gracefully handle +errors that occur when the request is applied to the hardware. The +exception is the ``EIO`` error which signals a fatal error that requires +the application to stop streaming to reset the hardware state. + +It is not allowed to mix queuing requests with queuing buffers directly +(without a request). ``EBUSY`` will be returned if the first buffer was +queued directly and you next try to queue a request, or vice versa. + +A request must contain at least one buffer, otherwise this ioctl will +return an ``ENOENT`` error. + +Return Value +============ + +On success 0 is returned, on error -1 and the ``errno`` variable is set +appropriately. The generic error codes are described at the +:ref:`Generic Error Codes <gen-errors>` chapter. + +EBUSY + The request was already queued or the application queued the first + buffer directly, but later attempted to use a request. It is not permitted + to mix the two APIs. +ENOENT + The request did not contain any buffers. All requests are required + to have at least one buffer. This can also be returned if some required + configuration is missing in the request. +ENOMEM + Out of memory when allocating internal data structures for this + request. +EINVAL + The request has invalid data. +EIO + The hardware is in a bad state. To recover, the application needs to + stop streaming to reset the hardware state and then try to restart + streaming. diff --git a/Documentation/media/uapi/mediactl/media-request-ioc-reinit.rst b/Documentation/media/uapi/mediactl/media-request-ioc-reinit.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..febe888494c8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/media/uapi/mediactl/media-request-ioc-reinit.rst @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 OR GFDL-1.1-or-later WITH no-invariant-sections + +.. _media_request_ioc_reinit: + +****************************** +ioctl MEDIA_REQUEST_IOC_REINIT +****************************** + +Name +==== + +MEDIA_REQUEST_IOC_REINIT - Re-initialize a request + + +Synopsis +======== + +.. c:function:: int ioctl( int request_fd, MEDIA_REQUEST_IOC_REINIT ) + :name: MEDIA_REQUEST_IOC_REINIT + + +Arguments +========= + +``request_fd`` + File descriptor returned by :ref:`MEDIA_IOC_REQUEST_ALLOC`. + +Description +=========== + +If the media device supports :ref:`requests <media-request-api>`, then +this request ioctl can be used to re-initialize a previously allocated +request. + +Re-initializing a request will clear any existing data from the request. +This avoids having to :ref:`close() <request-func-close>` a completed +request and allocate a new request. Instead the completed request can just +be re-initialized and it is ready to be used again. + +A request can only be re-initialized if it either has not been queued +yet, or if it was queued and completed. Otherwise it will set ``errno`` +to ``EBUSY``. No other error codes can be returned. + +Return Value +============ + +On success 0 is returned, on error -1 and the ``errno`` variable is set +appropriately. + +EBUSY + The request is queued but not yet completed. diff --git a/Documentation/media/uapi/mediactl/request-api.rst b/Documentation/media/uapi/mediactl/request-api.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..5f4a23029c48 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/media/uapi/mediactl/request-api.rst @@ -0,0 +1,252 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 OR GFDL-1.1-or-later WITH no-invariant-sections + +.. _media-request-api: + +Request API +=========== + +The Request API has been designed to allow V4L2 to deal with requirements of +modern devices (stateless codecs, complex camera pipelines, ...) and APIs +(Android Codec v2). One such requirement is the ability for devices belonging to +the same pipeline to reconfigure and collaborate closely on a per-frame basis. +Another is support of stateless codecs, which require controls to be applied +to specific frames (aka 'per-frame controls') in order to be used efficiently. + +While the initial use-case was V4L2, it can be extended to other subsystems +as well, as long as they use the media controller. + +Supporting these features without the Request API is not always possible and if +it is, it is terribly inefficient: user-space would have to flush all activity +on the media pipeline, reconfigure it for the next frame, queue the buffers to +be processed with that configuration, and wait until they are all available for +dequeuing before considering the next frame. This defeats the purpose of having +buffer queues since in practice only one buffer would be queued at a time. + +The Request API allows a specific configuration of the pipeline (media +controller topology + configuration for each media entity) to be associated with +specific buffers. This allows user-space to schedule several tasks ("requests") +with different configurations in advance, knowing that the configuration will be +applied when needed to get the expected result. Configuration values at the time +of request completion are also available for reading. + +Usage +===== + +The Request API extends the Media Controller API and cooperates with +subsystem-specific APIs to support request usage. At the Media Controller +level, requests are allocated from the supporting Media Controller device +node. Their life cycle is then managed through the request file descriptors in +an opaque way. Configuration data, buffer handles and processing results +stored in requests are accessed through subsystem-specific APIs extended for +request support, such as V4L2 APIs that take an explicit ``request_fd`` +parameter. + +Request Allocation +------------------ + +User-space allocates requests using :ref:`MEDIA_IOC_REQUEST_ALLOC` +for the media device node. This returns a file descriptor representing the +request. Typically, several such requests will be allocated. + +Request Preparation +------------------- + +Standard V4L2 ioctls can then receive a request file descriptor to express the +fact that the ioctl is part of said request, and is not to be applied +immediately. See :ref:`MEDIA_IOC_REQUEST_ALLOC` for a list of ioctls that +support this. Configurations set with a ``request_fd`` parameter are stored +instead of being immediately applied, and buffers queued to a request do not +enter the regular buffer queue until the request itself is queued. + +Request Submission +------------------ + +Once the configuration and buffers of the request are specified, it can be +queued by calling :ref:`MEDIA_REQUEST_IOC_QUEUE` on the request file descriptor. +A request must contain at least one buffer, otherwise ``ENOENT`` is returned. +A queued request cannot be modified anymore. + +.. caution:: + For :ref:`memory-to-memory devices <codec>` you can use requests only for + output buffers, not for capture buffers. Attempting to add a capture buffer + to a request will result in an ``EACCES`` error. + +If the request contains configurations for multiple entities, individual drivers +may synchronize so the requested pipeline's topology is applied before the +buffers are processed. Media controller drivers do a best effort implementation +since perfect atomicity may not be possible due to hardware limitations. + +.. caution:: + + It is not allowed to mix queuing requests with directly queuing buffers: + whichever method is used first locks this in place until + :ref:`VIDIOC_STREAMOFF <VIDIOC_STREAMON>` is called or the device is + :ref:`closed <func-close>`. Attempts to directly queue a buffer when earlier + a buffer was queued via a request or vice versa will result in an ``EBUSY`` + error. + +Controls can still be set without a request and are applied immediately, +regardless of whether a request is in use or not. + +.. caution:: + + Setting the same control through a request and also directly can lead to + undefined behavior! + +User-space can :ref:`poll() <request-func-poll>` a request file descriptor in +order to wait until the request completes. A request is considered complete +once all its associated buffers are available for dequeuing and all the +associated controls have been updated with the values at the time of completion. +Note that user-space does not need to wait for the request to complete to +dequeue its buffers: buffers that are available halfway through a request can +be dequeued independently of the request's state. + +A completed request contains the state of the device after the request was +executed. User-space can query that state by calling +:ref:`ioctl VIDIOC_G_EXT_CTRLS <VIDIOC_G_EXT_CTRLS>` with the request file +descriptor. Calling :ref:`ioctl VIDIOC_G_EXT_CTRLS <VIDIOC_G_EXT_CTRLS>` for a +request that has been queued but not yet completed will return ``EBUSY`` +since the control values might be changed at any time by the driver while the +request is in flight. + +.. _media-request-life-time: + +Recycling and Destruction +------------------------- + +Finally, a completed request can either be discarded or be reused. Calling +:ref:`close() <request-func-close>` on a request file descriptor will make +that file descriptor unusable and the request will be freed once it is no +longer in use by the kernel. That is, if the request is queued and then the +file descriptor is closed, then it won't be freed until the driver completed +the request. + +The :ref:`MEDIA_REQUEST_IOC_REINIT` will clear a request's state and make it +available again. No state is retained by this operation: the request is as +if it had just been allocated. + +Example for a Codec Device +-------------------------- + +For use-cases such as :ref:`codecs <codec>`, the request API can be used +to associate specific controls to +be applied by the driver for the OUTPUT buffer, allowing user-space +to queue many such buffers in advance. It can also take advantage of requests' +ability to capture the state of controls when the request completes to read back +information that may be subject to change. + +Put into code, after obtaining a request, user-space can assign controls and one +OUTPUT buffer to it: + +.. code-block:: c + + struct v4l2_buffer buf; + struct v4l2_ext_controls ctrls; + int req_fd; + ... + if (ioctl(media_fd, MEDIA_IOC_REQUEST_ALLOC, &req_fd)) + return errno; + ... + ctrls.which = V4L2_CTRL_WHICH_REQUEST_VAL; + ctrls.request_fd = req_fd; + if (ioctl(codec_fd, VIDIOC_S_EXT_CTRLS, &ctrls)) + return errno; + ... + buf.type = V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT; + buf.flags |= V4L2_BUF_FLAG_REQUEST_FD; + buf.request_fd = req_fd; + if (ioctl(codec_fd, VIDIOC_QBUF, &buf)) + return errno; + +Note that it is not allowed to use the Request API for CAPTURE buffers +since there are no per-frame settings to report there. + +Once the request is fully prepared, it can be queued to the driver: + +.. code-block:: c + + if (ioctl(req_fd, MEDIA_REQUEST_IOC_QUEUE)) + return errno; + +User-space can then either wait for the request to complete by calling poll() on +its file descriptor, or start dequeuing CAPTURE buffers. Most likely, it will +want to get CAPTURE buffers as soon as possible and this can be done using a +regular :ref:`VIDIOC_DQBUF <VIDIOC_QBUF>`: + +.. code-block:: c + + struct v4l2_buffer buf; + + memset(&buf, 0, sizeof(buf)); + buf.type = V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE; + if (ioctl(codec_fd, VIDIOC_DQBUF, &buf)) + return errno; + +Note that this example assumes for simplicity that for every OUTPUT buffer +there will be one CAPTURE buffer, but this does not have to be the case. + +We can then, after ensuring that the request is completed via polling the +request file descriptor, query control values at the time of its completion via +a call to :ref:`VIDIOC_G_EXT_CTRLS <VIDIOC_G_EXT_CTRLS>`. +This is particularly useful for volatile controls for which we want to +query values as soon as the capture buffer is produced. + +.. code-block:: c + + struct pollfd pfd = { .events = POLLPRI, .fd = req_fd }; + poll(&pfd, 1, -1); + ... + ctrls.which = V4L2_CTRL_WHICH_REQUEST_VAL; + ctrls.request_fd = req_fd; + if (ioctl(codec_fd, VIDIOC_G_EXT_CTRLS, &ctrls)) + return errno; + +Once we don't need the request anymore, we can either recycle it for reuse with +:ref:`MEDIA_REQUEST_IOC_REINIT`... + +.. code-block:: c + + if (ioctl(req_fd, MEDIA_REQUEST_IOC_REINIT)) + return errno; + +... or close its file descriptor to completely dispose of it. + +.. code-block:: c + + close(req_fd); + +Example for a Simple Capture Device +----------------------------------- + +With a simple capture device, requests can be used to specify controls to apply +for a given CAPTURE buffer. + +.. code-block:: c + + struct v4l2_buffer buf; + struct v4l2_ext_controls ctrls; + int req_fd; + ... + if (ioctl(media_fd, MEDIA_IOC_REQUEST_ALLOC, &req_fd)) + return errno; + ... + ctrls.which = V4L2_CTRL_WHICH_REQUEST_VAL; + ctrls.request_fd = req_fd; + if (ioctl(camera_fd, VIDIOC_S_EXT_CTRLS, &ctrls)) + return errno; + ... + buf.type = V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE; + buf.flags |= V4L2_BUF_FLAG_REQUEST_FD; + buf.request_fd = req_fd; + if (ioctl(camera_fd, VIDIOC_QBUF, &buf)) + return errno; + +Once the request is fully prepared, it can be queued to the driver: + +.. code-block:: c + + if (ioctl(req_fd, MEDIA_REQUEST_IOC_QUEUE)) + return errno; + +User-space can then dequeue buffers, wait for the request completion, query +controls and recycle the request as in the M2M example above. diff --git a/Documentation/media/uapi/mediactl/request-func-close.rst b/Documentation/media/uapi/mediactl/request-func-close.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..098d7f2b9548 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/media/uapi/mediactl/request-func-close.rst @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 OR GFDL-1.1-or-later WITH no-invariant-sections + +.. _request-func-close: + +*************** +request close() +*************** + +Name +==== + +request-close - Close a request file descriptor + + +Synopsis +======== + +.. code-block:: c + + #include <unistd.h> + + +.. c:function:: int close( int fd ) + :name: req-close + +Arguments +========= + +``fd`` + File descriptor returned by :ref:`MEDIA_IOC_REQUEST_ALLOC`. + + +Description +=========== + +Closes the request file descriptor. Resources associated with the request +are freed once all file descriptors associated with the request are closed +and the driver has completed the request. +See :ref:`here <media-request-life-time>` for more information. + + +Return Value +============ + +:ref:`close() <request-func-close>` returns 0 on success. On error, -1 is +returned, and ``errno`` is set appropriately. Possible error codes are: + +EBADF + ``fd`` is not a valid open file descriptor. diff --git a/Documentation/media/uapi/mediactl/request-func-ioctl.rst b/Documentation/media/uapi/mediactl/request-func-ioctl.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..ff7b072a6999 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/media/uapi/mediactl/request-func-ioctl.rst @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 OR GFDL-1.1-or-later WITH no-invariant-sections + +.. _request-func-ioctl: + +*************** +request ioctl() +*************** + +Name +==== + +request-ioctl - Control a request file descriptor + + +Synopsis +======== + +.. code-block:: c + + #include <sys/ioctl.h> + + +.. c:function:: int ioctl( int fd, int cmd, void *argp ) + :name: req-ioctl + +Arguments +========= + +``fd`` + File descriptor returned by :ref:`MEDIA_IOC_REQUEST_ALLOC`. + +``cmd`` + The request ioctl command code as defined in the media.h header file, for + example :ref:`MEDIA_REQUEST_IOC_QUEUE`. + +``argp`` + Pointer to a request-specific structure. + + +Description +=========== + +The :ref:`ioctl() <request-func-ioctl>` function manipulates request +parameters. The argument ``fd`` must be an open file descriptor. + +The ioctl ``cmd`` code specifies the request function to be called. It +has encoded in it whether the argument is an input, output or read/write +parameter, and the size of the argument ``argp`` in bytes. + +Macros and structures definitions specifying request ioctl commands and +their parameters are located in the media.h header file. All request ioctl +commands, their respective function and parameters are specified in +:ref:`media-user-func`. + + +Return Value +============ + +On success 0 is returned, on error -1 and the ``errno`` variable is set +appropriately. The generic error codes are described at the +:ref:`Generic Error Codes <gen-errors>` chapter. + +Command-specific error codes are listed in the individual command +descriptions. + +When an ioctl that takes an output or read/write parameter fails, the +parameter remains unmodified. diff --git a/Documentation/media/uapi/mediactl/request-func-poll.rst b/Documentation/media/uapi/mediactl/request-func-poll.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..85191254f381 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/media/uapi/mediactl/request-func-poll.rst @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 OR GFDL-1.1-or-later WITH no-invariant-sections + +.. _request-func-poll: + +************** +request poll() +************** + +Name +==== + +request-poll - Wait for some event on a file descriptor + + +Synopsis +======== + +.. code-block:: c + + #include <sys/poll.h> + + +.. c:function:: int poll( struct pollfd *ufds, unsigned int nfds, int timeout ) + :name: request-poll + +Arguments +========= + +``ufds`` + List of file descriptor events to be watched + +``nfds`` + Number of file descriptor events at the \*ufds array + +``timeout`` + Timeout to wait for events + + +Description +=========== + +With the :c:func:`poll() <request-func-poll>` function applications can wait +for a request to complete. + +On success :c:func:`poll() <request-func-poll>` returns the number of file +descriptors that have been selected (that is, file descriptors for which the +``revents`` field of the respective struct :c:type:`pollfd` +is non-zero). Request file descriptor set the ``POLLPRI`` flag in ``revents`` +when the request was completed. When the function times out it returns +a value of zero, on failure it returns -1 and the ``errno`` variable is +set appropriately. + +Attempting to poll for a request that is not yet queued will +set the ``POLLERR`` flag in ``revents``. + + +Return Value +============ + +On success, :c:func:`poll() <request-func-poll>` returns the number of +structures which have non-zero ``revents`` fields, or zero if the call +timed out. On error -1 is returned, and the ``errno`` variable is set +appropriately: + +``EBADF`` + One or more of the ``ufds`` members specify an invalid file + descriptor. + +``EFAULT`` + ``ufds`` references an inaccessible memory area. + +``EINTR`` + The call was interrupted by a signal. + +``EINVAL`` + The ``nfds`` value exceeds the ``RLIMIT_NOFILE`` value. Use + ``getrlimit()`` to obtain this value. diff --git a/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/biblio.rst b/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/biblio.rst index 1cedcfc04327..386d6cf83e9c 100644 --- a/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/biblio.rst +++ b/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/biblio.rst @@ -226,16 +226,6 @@ xvYCC :author: International Electrotechnical Commission (http://www.iec.ch) -.. _adobergb: - -AdobeRGB -======== - - -:title: Adobe© RGB (1998) Color Image Encoding Version 2005-05 - -:author: Adobe Systems Incorporated (http://www.adobe.com) - .. _oprgb: opRGB diff --git a/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/buffer.rst b/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/buffer.rst index e2c85ddc990b..2e266d32470a 100644 --- a/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/buffer.rst +++ b/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/buffer.rst @@ -306,10 +306,23 @@ struct v4l2_buffer - A place holder for future extensions. Drivers and applications must set this to 0. * - __u32 - - ``reserved`` + - ``request_fd`` - - - A place holder for future extensions. Drivers and applications - must set this to 0. + - The file descriptor of the request to queue the buffer to. If the flag + ``V4L2_BUF_FLAG_REQUEST_FD`` is set, then the buffer will be + queued to this request. If the flag is not set, then this field will + be ignored. + + The ``V4L2_BUF_FLAG_REQUEST_FD`` flag and this field are only used by + :ref:`ioctl VIDIOC_QBUF <VIDIOC_QBUF>` and ignored by other ioctls that + take a :c:type:`v4l2_buffer` as argument. + + Applications should not set ``V4L2_BUF_FLAG_REQUEST_FD`` for any ioctls + other than :ref:`VIDIOC_QBUF <VIDIOC_QBUF>`. + + If the device does not support requests, then ``EACCES`` will be returned. + If requests are supported but an invalid request file descriptor is + given, then ``EINVAL`` will be returned. @@ -514,6 +527,11 @@ Buffer Flags streaming may continue as normal and the buffer may be reused normally. Drivers set this flag when the ``VIDIOC_DQBUF`` ioctl is called. + * .. _`V4L2-BUF-FLAG-IN-REQUEST`: + + - ``V4L2_BUF_FLAG_IN_REQUEST`` + - 0x00000080 + - This buffer is part of a request that hasn't been queued yet. * .. _`V4L2-BUF-FLAG-KEYFRAME`: - ``V4L2_BUF_FLAG_KEYFRAME`` @@ -589,6 +607,11 @@ Buffer Flags the format. Any Any subsequent call to the :ref:`VIDIOC_DQBUF <VIDIOC_QBUF>` ioctl will not block anymore, but return an ``EPIPE`` error code. + * .. _`V4L2-BUF-FLAG-REQUEST-FD`: + + - ``V4L2_BUF_FLAG_REQUEST_FD`` + - 0x00800000 + - The ``request_fd`` field contains a valid file descriptor. * .. _`V4L2-BUF-FLAG-TIMESTAMP-MASK`: - ``V4L2_BUF_FLAG_TIMESTAMP_MASK`` diff --git a/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/colorspaces-defs.rst b/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/colorspaces-defs.rst index 410907fe9415..f24615544792 100644 --- a/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/colorspaces-defs.rst +++ b/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/colorspaces-defs.rst @@ -51,8 +51,8 @@ whole range, 0-255, dividing the angular value by 1.41. The enum - See :ref:`col-rec709`. * - ``V4L2_COLORSPACE_SRGB`` - See :ref:`col-srgb`. - * - ``V4L2_COLORSPACE_ADOBERGB`` - - See :ref:`col-adobergb`. + * - ``V4L2_COLORSPACE_OPRGB`` + - See :ref:`col-oprgb`. * - ``V4L2_COLORSPACE_BT2020`` - See :ref:`col-bt2020`. * - ``V4L2_COLORSPACE_DCI_P3`` @@ -90,8 +90,8 @@ whole range, 0-255, dividing the angular value by 1.41. The enum - Use the Rec. 709 transfer function. * - ``V4L2_XFER_FUNC_SRGB`` - Use the sRGB transfer function. - * - ``V4L2_XFER_FUNC_ADOBERGB`` - - Use the AdobeRGB transfer function. + * - ``V4L2_XFER_FUNC_OPRGB`` + - Use the opRGB transfer function. * - ``V4L2_XFER_FUNC_SMPTE240M`` - Use the SMPTE 240M transfer function. * - ``V4L2_XFER_FUNC_NONE`` diff --git a/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/colorspaces-details.rst b/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/colorspaces-details.rst index b5d551b9cc8f..09fabf4cd412 100644 --- a/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/colorspaces-details.rst +++ b/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/colorspaces-details.rst @@ -290,15 +290,14 @@ Y' is clamped to the range [0…1] and Cb and Cr are clamped to the range 170M/BT.601. The Y'CbCr quantization is limited range. -.. _col-adobergb: +.. _col-oprgb: -Colorspace Adobe RGB (V4L2_COLORSPACE_ADOBERGB) +Colorspace opRGB (V4L2_COLORSPACE_OPRGB) =============================================== -The :ref:`adobergb` standard defines the colorspace used by computer -graphics that use the AdobeRGB colorspace. This is also known as the -:ref:`oprgb` standard. The default transfer function is -``V4L2_XFER_FUNC_ADOBERGB``. The default Y'CbCr encoding is +The :ref:`oprgb` standard defines the colorspace used by computer +graphics that use the opRGB colorspace. The default transfer function is +``V4L2_XFER_FUNC_OPRGB``. The default Y'CbCr encoding is ``V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_601``. The default Y'CbCr quantization is limited range. @@ -312,7 +311,7 @@ The chromaticities of the primary colors and the white reference are: .. tabularcolumns:: |p{4.4cm}|p{4.4cm}|p{8.7cm}| -.. flat-table:: Adobe RGB Chromaticities +.. flat-table:: opRGB Chromaticities :header-rows: 1 :stub-columns: 0 :widths: 1 1 2 diff --git a/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/dev-meta.rst b/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/dev-meta.rst index f7ac8d0d3af1..b65dc078abeb 100644 --- a/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/dev-meta.rst +++ b/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/dev-meta.rst @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ To use the :ref:`format` ioctls applications set the ``type`` field of the the desired operation. Both drivers and applications must set the remainder of the :c:type:`v4l2_format` structure to 0. -.. _v4l2-meta-format: +.. c:type:: v4l2_meta_format .. tabularcolumns:: |p{1.4cm}|p{2.2cm}|p{13.9cm}| diff --git a/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/extended-controls.rst b/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/extended-controls.rst index 9f7312bf3365..65a1d873196b 100644 --- a/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/extended-controls.rst +++ b/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/extended-controls.rst @@ -1497,6 +1497,182 @@ enum v4l2_mpeg_video_h264_hierarchical_coding_type - +.. _v4l2-mpeg-mpeg2: + +``V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_MPEG2_SLICE_PARAMS (struct)`` + Specifies the slice parameters (as extracted from the bitstream) for the + associated MPEG-2 slice data. This includes the necessary parameters for + configuring a stateless hardware decoding pipeline for MPEG-2. + The bitstream parameters are defined according to :ref:`mpeg2part2`. + +.. c:type:: v4l2_ctrl_mpeg2_slice_params + +.. cssclass:: longtable + +.. flat-table:: struct v4l2_ctrl_mpeg2_slice_params + :header-rows: 0 + :stub-columns: 0 + :widths: 1 1 2 + + * - __u32 + - ``bit_size`` + - Size (in bits) of the current slice data. + * - __u32 + - ``data_bit_offset`` + - Offset (in bits) to the video data in the current slice data. + * - struct :c:type:`v4l2_mpeg2_sequence` + - ``sequence`` + - Structure with MPEG-2 sequence metadata, merging relevant fields from + the sequence header and sequence extension parts of the bitstream. + * - struct :c:type:`v4l2_mpeg2_picture` + - ``picture`` + - Structure with MPEG-2 picture metadata, merging relevant fields from + the picture header and picture coding extension parts of the bitstream. + * - __u8 + - ``quantiser_scale_code`` + - Code used to determine the quantization scale to use for the IDCT. + * - __u8 + - ``backward_ref_index`` + - Index for the V4L2 buffer to use as backward reference, used with + B-coded and P-coded frames. + * - __u8 + - ``forward_ref_index`` + - Index for the V4L2 buffer to use as forward reference, used with + B-coded frames. + +.. c:type:: v4l2_mpeg2_sequence + +.. cssclass:: longtable + +.. flat-table:: struct v4l2_mpeg2_sequence + :header-rows: 0 + :stub-columns: 0 + :widths: 1 1 2 + + * - __u16 + - ``horizontal_size`` + - The width of the displayable part of the frame's luminance component. + * - __u16 + - ``vertical_size`` + - The height of the displayable part of the frame's luminance component. + * - __u32 + - ``vbv_buffer_size`` + - Used to calculate the required size of the video buffering verifier, + defined (in bits) as: 16 * 1024 * vbv_buffer_size. + * - __u8 + - ``profile_and_level_indication`` + - The current profile and level indication as extracted from the + bitstream. + * - __u8 + - ``progressive_sequence`` + - Indication that all the frames for the sequence are progressive instead + of interlaced. + * - __u8 + - ``chroma_format`` + - The chrominance sub-sampling format (1: 4:2:0, 2: 4:2:2, 3: 4:4:4). + +.. c:type:: v4l2_mpeg2_picture + +.. cssclass:: longtable + +.. flat-table:: struct v4l2_mpeg2_picture + :header-rows: 0 + :stub-columns: 0 + :widths: 1 1 2 + + * - __u8 + - ``picture_coding_type`` + - Picture coding type for the frame covered by the current slice + (V4L2_MPEG2_PICTURE_CODING_TYPE_I, V4L2_MPEG2_PICTURE_CODING_TYPE_P or + V4L2_MPEG2_PICTURE_CODING_TYPE_B). + * - __u8 + - ``f_code[2][2]`` + - Motion vector codes. + * - __u8 + - ``intra_dc_precision`` + - Precision of Discrete Cosine transform (0: 8 bits precision, + 1: 9 bits precision, 2: 10 bits precision, 3: 11 bits precision). + * - __u8 + - ``picture_structure`` + - Picture structure (1: interlaced top field, 2: interlaced bottom field, + 3: progressive frame). + * - __u8 + - ``top_field_first`` + - If set to 1 and interlaced stream, top field is output first. + * - __u8 + - ``frame_pred_frame_dct`` + - If set to 1, only frame-DCT and frame prediction are used. + * - __u8 + - ``concealment_motion_vectors`` + - If set to 1, motion vectors are coded for intra macroblocks. + * - __u8 + - ``q_scale_type`` + - This flag affects the inverse quantization process. + * - __u8 + - ``intra_vlc_format`` + - This flag affects the decoding of transform coefficient data. + * - __u8 + - ``alternate_scan`` + - This flag affects the decoding of transform coefficient data. + * - __u8 + - ``repeat_first_field`` + - This flag affects the decoding process of progressive frames. + * - __u8 + - ``progressive_frame`` + - Indicates whether the current frame is progressive. + +``V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_MPEG2_QUANTIZATION (struct)`` + Specifies quantization matrices (as extracted from the bitstream) for the + associated MPEG-2 slice data. + +.. c:type:: v4l2_ctrl_mpeg2_quantization + +.. cssclass:: longtable + +.. flat-table:: struct v4l2_ctrl_mpeg2_quantization + :header-rows: 0 + :stub-columns: 0 + :widths: 1 1 2 + + * - __u8 + - ``load_intra_quantiser_matrix`` + - One bit to indicate whether to load the ``intra_quantiser_matrix`` data. + * - __u8 + - ``load_non_intra_quantiser_matrix`` + - One bit to indicate whether to load the ``non_intra_quantiser_matrix`` + data. + * - __u8 + - ``load_chroma_intra_quantiser_matrix`` + - One bit to indicate whether to load the + ``chroma_intra_quantiser_matrix`` data, only relevant for non-4:2:0 YUV + formats. + * - __u8 + - ``load_chroma_non_intra_quantiser_matrix`` + - One bit to indicate whether to load the + ``chroma_non_intra_quantiser_matrix`` data, only relevant for non-4:2:0 + YUV formats. + * - __u8 + - ``intra_quantiser_matrix[64]`` + - The quantization matrix coefficients for intra-coded frames, in zigzag + scanning order. It is relevant for both luma and chroma components, + although it can be superseded by the chroma-specific matrix for + non-4:2:0 YUV formats. + * - __u8 + - ``non_intra_quantiser_matrix[64]`` + - The quantization matrix coefficients for non-intra-coded frames, in + zigzag scanning order. It is relevant for both luma and chroma + components, although it can be superseded by the chroma-specific matrix + for non-4:2:0 YUV formats. + * - __u8 + - ``chroma_intra_quantiser_matrix[64]`` + - The quantization matrix coefficients for the chominance component of + intra-coded frames, in zigzag scanning order. Only relevant for + non-4:2:0 YUV formats. + * - __u8 + - ``chroma_non_intra_quantiser_matrix[64]`` + - The quantization matrix coefficients for the chrominance component of + non-intra-coded frames, in zigzag scanning order. Only relevant for + non-4:2:0 YUV formats. MFC 5.1 MPEG Controls --------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/func-poll.rst b/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/func-poll.rst index 360bc6523ae2..967fe8920729 100644 --- a/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/func-poll.rst +++ b/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/func-poll.rst @@ -113,4 +113,5 @@ EINTR The call was interrupted by a signal. EINVAL - The ``nfds`` argument is greater than ``OPEN_MAX``. + The ``nfds`` value exceeds the ``RLIMIT_NOFILE`` value. Use + ``getrlimit()`` to obtain this value. diff --git a/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/meta-formats.rst b/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/meta-formats.rst index 0c4e1ecf5879..cf971d5ad9ea 100644 --- a/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/meta-formats.rst +++ b/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/meta-formats.rst @@ -12,6 +12,7 @@ These formats are used for the :ref:`metadata` interface only. .. toctree:: :maxdepth: 1 + pixfmt-meta-d4xx pixfmt-meta-uvc pixfmt-meta-vsp1-hgo pixfmt-meta-vsp1-hgt diff --git a/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/pixfmt-compressed.rst b/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/pixfmt-compressed.rst index d382e7a5c38e..ba0f6c49d9bf 100644 --- a/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/pixfmt-compressed.rst +++ b/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/pixfmt-compressed.rst @@ -60,6 +60,22 @@ Compressed Formats - ``V4L2_PIX_FMT_MPEG2`` - 'MPG2' - MPEG2 video elementary stream. + * .. _V4L2-PIX-FMT-MPEG2-SLICE: + + - ``V4L2_PIX_FMT_MPEG2_SLICE`` + - 'MG2S' + - MPEG-2 parsed slice data, as extracted from the MPEG-2 bitstream. + This format is adapted for stateless video decoders that implement a + MPEG-2 pipeline (using the :ref:`codec` and :ref:`media-request-api`). + Metadata associated with the frame to decode is required to be passed + through the ``V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_MPEG2_SLICE_PARAMS`` control and + quantization matrices can optionally be specified through the + ``V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_MPEG2_QUANTIZATION`` control. + See the :ref:`associated Codec Control IDs <v4l2-mpeg-mpeg2>`. + Exactly one output and one capture buffer must be provided for use with + this pixel format. The output buffer must contain the appropriate number + of macroblocks to decode a full corresponding frame to the matching + capture buffer. * .. _V4L2-PIX-FMT-MPEG4: - ``V4L2_PIX_FMT_MPEG4`` @@ -101,4 +117,4 @@ Compressed Formats - 'FWHT' - Video elementary stream using a codec based on the Fast Walsh Hadamard Transform. This codec is implemented by the vicodec ('Virtual Codec') - driver. See the vicodec-codec.h header for more details. + driver. See the codec-fwht.h header for more details. diff --git a/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/pixfmt-meta-d4xx.rst b/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/pixfmt-meta-d4xx.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..63bf1a2c9116 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/pixfmt-meta-d4xx.rst @@ -0,0 +1,210 @@ +.. -*- coding: utf-8; mode: rst -*- + +.. _v4l2-meta-fmt-d4xx: + +******************************* +V4L2_META_FMT_D4XX ('D4XX') +******************************* + +Intel D4xx UVC Cameras Metadata + + +Description +=========== + +Intel D4xx (D435 and other) cameras include per-frame metadata in their UVC +payload headers, following the Microsoft(R) UVC extension proposal [1_]. That +means, that the private D4XX metadata, following the standard UVC header, is +organised in blocks. D4XX cameras implement several standard block types, +proposed by Microsoft, and several proprietary ones. Supported standard metadata +types are MetadataId_CaptureStats (ID 3), MetadataId_CameraExtrinsics (ID 4), +and MetadataId_CameraIntrinsics (ID 5). For their description see [1_]. This +document describes proprietary metadata types, used by D4xx cameras. + +V4L2_META_FMT_D4XX buffers follow the metadata buffer layout of +V4L2_META_FMT_UVC with the only difference, that it also includes proprietary +payload header data. D4xx cameras use bulk transfers and only send one payload +per frame, therefore their headers cannot be larger than 255 bytes. + +Below are proprietary Microsoft style metadata types, used by D4xx cameras, +where all fields are in little endian order: + +.. flat-table:: D4xx metadata + :widths: 1 4 + :header-rows: 1 + :stub-columns: 0 + + * - Field + - Description + * - :cspan:`1` *Depth Control* + * - __u32 ID + - 0x80000000 + * - __u32 Size + - Size in bytes (currently 56) + * - __u32 Version + - Version of this structure. The documentation herein corresponds to + version xxx. The version number will be incremented when new fields are + added. + * - __u32 Flags + - A bitmask of flags: see [2_] below + * - __u32 Gain + - Gain value in internal units, same as the V4L2_CID_GAIN control, used to + capture the frame + * - __u32 Exposure + - Exposure time (in microseconds) used to capture the frame + * - __u32 Laser power + - Power of the laser LED 0-360, used for depth measurement + * - __u32 AE mode + - 0: manual; 1: automatic exposure + * - __u32 Exposure priority + - Exposure priority value: 0 - constant frame rate + * - __u32 AE ROI left + - Left border of the AE Region of Interest (all ROI values are in pixels + and lie between 0 and maximum width or height respectively) + * - __u32 AE ROI right + - Right border of the AE Region of Interest + * - __u32 AE ROI top + - Top border of the AE Region of Interest + * - __u32 AE ROI bottom + - Bottom border of the AE Region of Interest + * - __u32 Preset + - Preset selector value, default: 0, unless changed by the user + * - __u32 Laser mode + - 0: off, 1: on + * - :cspan:`1` *Capture Timing* + * - __u32 ID + - 0x80000001 + * - __u32 Size + - Size in bytes (currently 40) + * - __u32 Version + - Version of this structure. The documentation herein corresponds to + version xxx. The version number will be incremented when new fields are + added. + * - __u32 Flags + - A bitmask of flags: see [3_] below + * - __u32 Frame counter + - Monotonically increasing counter + * - __u32 Optical time + - Time in microseconds from the beginning of a frame till its middle + * - __u32 Readout time + - Time, used to read out a frame in microseconds + * - __u32 Exposure time + - Frame exposure time in microseconds + * - __u32 Frame interval + - In microseconds = 1000000 / framerate + * - __u32 Pipe latency + - Time in microseconds from start of frame to data in USB buffer + * - :cspan:`1` *Configuration* + * - __u32 ID + - 0x80000002 + * - __u32 Size + - Size in bytes (currently 40) + * - __u32 Version + - Version of this structure. The documentation herein corresponds to + version xxx. The version number will be incremented when new fields are + added. + * - __u32 Flags + - A bitmask of flags: see [4_] below + * - __u8 Hardware type + - Camera hardware version [5_] + * - __u8 SKU ID + - Camera hardware configuration [6_] + * - __u32 Cookie + - Internal synchronisation + * - __u16 Format + - Image format code [7_] + * - __u16 Width + - Width in pixels + * - __u16 Height + - Height in pixels + * - __u16 Framerate + - Requested frame rate per second + * - __u16 Trigger + - Byte 0: bit 0: depth and RGB are synchronised, bit 1: external trigger + +.. _1: + +[1] https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows-hardware/drivers/stream/uvc-extensions-1-5 + +.. _2: + +[2] Depth Control flags specify which fields are valid: :: + + 0x00000001 Gain + 0x00000002 Exposure + 0x00000004 Laser power + 0x00000008 AE mode + 0x00000010 Exposure priority + 0x00000020 AE ROI + 0x00000040 Preset + +.. _3: + +[3] Capture Timing flags specify which fields are valid: :: + + 0x00000001 Frame counter + 0x00000002 Optical time + 0x00000004 Readout time + 0x00000008 Exposure time + 0x00000010 Frame interval + 0x00000020 Pipe latency + +.. _4: + +[4] Configuration flags specify which fields are valid: :: + + 0x00000001 Hardware type + 0x00000002 SKU ID + 0x00000004 Cookie + 0x00000008 Format + 0x00000010 Width + 0x00000020 Height + 0x00000040 Framerate + 0x00000080 Trigger + 0x00000100 Cal count + +.. _5: + +[5] Camera model: :: + + 0 DS5 + 1 IVCAM2 + +.. _6: + +[6] 8-bit camera hardware configuration bitfield: :: + + [1:0] depthCamera + 00: no depth + 01: standard depth + 10: wide depth + 11: reserved + [2] depthIsActive - has a laser projector + [3] RGB presence + [4] Inertial Measurement Unit (IMU) presence + [5] projectorType + 0: HPTG + 1: Princeton + [6] 0: a projector, 1: an LED + [7] reserved + +.. _7: + +[7] Image format codes per video streaming interface: + +Depth: :: + + 1 Z16 + 2 Z + +Left sensor: :: + + 1 Y8 + 2 UYVY + 3 R8L8 + 4 Calibration + 5 W10 + +Fish Eye sensor: :: + + 1 RAW8 diff --git a/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/pixfmt-reserved.rst b/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/pixfmt-reserved.rst index 38af1472a4b4..0c399858bda2 100644 --- a/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/pixfmt-reserved.rst +++ b/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/pixfmt-reserved.rst @@ -243,7 +243,20 @@ please make a proposal on the linux-media mailing list. It is an opaque intermediate format and the MDP hardware must be used to convert ``V4L2_PIX_FMT_MT21C`` to ``V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV12M``, ``V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV420M`` or ``V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVU420``. + * .. _V4L2-PIX-FMT-SUNXI-TILED-NV12: + - ``V4L2_PIX_FMT_SUNXI_TILED_NV12`` + - 'ST12' + - Two-planar NV12-based format used by the video engine found on Allwinner + (codenamed sunxi) platforms, with 32x32 tiles for the luminance plane + and 32x64 tiles for the chrominance plane. The data in each tile is + stored in linear order, within the tile bounds. Each tile follows the + previous one linearly in memory (from left to right, top to bottom). + + The associated buffer dimensions are aligned to match an integer number + of tiles, resulting in 32-aligned resolutions for the luminance plane + and 16-aligned resolutions for the chrominance plane (with 2x2 + subsampling). .. tabularcolumns:: |p{6.6cm}|p{2.2cm}|p{8.7cm}| diff --git a/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/vidioc-create-bufs.rst b/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/vidioc-create-bufs.rst index a39e18d69511..eadf6f757fbf 100644 --- a/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/vidioc-create-bufs.rst +++ b/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/vidioc-create-bufs.rst @@ -102,7 +102,19 @@ than the number requested. - ``format`` - Filled in by the application, preserved by the driver. * - __u32 - - ``reserved``\ [8] + - ``capabilities`` + - Set by the driver. If 0, then the driver doesn't support + capabilities. In that case all you know is that the driver is + guaranteed to support ``V4L2_MEMORY_MMAP`` and *might* support + other :c:type:`v4l2_memory` types. It will not support any others + capabilities. See :ref:`here <v4l2-buf-capabilities>` for a list of the + capabilities. + + If you want to just query the capabilities without making any + other changes, then set ``count`` to 0, ``memory`` to + ``V4L2_MEMORY_MMAP`` and ``format.type`` to the buffer type. + * - __u32 + - ``reserved``\ [7] - A place holder for future extensions. Drivers and applications must set the array to zero. diff --git a/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/vidioc-cropcap.rst b/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/vidioc-cropcap.rst index a65dbec6b20b..0a7b8287fd38 100644 --- a/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/vidioc-cropcap.rst +++ b/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/vidioc-cropcap.rst @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ overlay devices. - Type of the data stream, set by the application. Only these types are valid here: ``V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE``, ``V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE_MPLANE``, ``V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT``, ``V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT_MPLANE`` and - ``V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OVERLAY``. See :c:type:`v4l2_buf_type` and the note above. + ``V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OVERLAY``. See :c:type:`v4l2_buf_type` and the note below. * - struct :ref:`v4l2_rect <v4l2-rect-crop>` - ``bounds`` - Defines the window within capturing or output is possible, this diff --git a/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/vidioc-dqevent.rst b/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/vidioc-dqevent.rst index cb3565f36793..04416b6943c0 100644 --- a/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/vidioc-dqevent.rst +++ b/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/vidioc-dqevent.rst @@ -379,7 +379,17 @@ call. - 0x0001 - This event gets triggered when a resolution change is detected at an input. This can come from an input connector or from a video - decoder. + decoder. Applications will have to query the new resolution (if + any, the signal may also have been lost). + + *Important*: even if the new video timings appear identical to the old + ones, receiving this event indicates that there was an issue with the + video signal and you must stop and restart streaming + (:ref:`VIDIOC_STREAMOFF <VIDIOC_STREAMON>` + followed by :ref:`VIDIOC_STREAMON <VIDIOC_STREAMON>`). The reason is + that many devices are not able to recover from a temporary loss of + signal and so restarting streaming I/O is required in order for the + hardware to synchronize to the video signal. Return Value diff --git a/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/vidioc-g-crop.rst b/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/vidioc-g-crop.rst index a6ed43ba9ca3..b95ba6743cbd 100644 --- a/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/vidioc-g-crop.rst +++ b/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/vidioc-g-crop.rst @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ When cropping is not supported then no parameters are changed and - Type of the data stream, set by the application. Only these types are valid here: ``V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE``, ``V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE_MPLANE``, ``V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT``, ``V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT_MPLANE`` and - ``V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OVERLAY``. See :c:type:`v4l2_buf_type` and the note above. + ``V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OVERLAY``. See :c:type:`v4l2_buf_type` and the note below. * - struct :c:type:`v4l2_rect` - ``c`` - Cropping rectangle. The same co-ordinate system as for struct diff --git a/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/vidioc-g-dv-timings.rst b/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/vidioc-g-dv-timings.rst index 1a034e825161..35cba2c8d459 100644 --- a/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/vidioc-g-dv-timings.rst +++ b/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/vidioc-g-dv-timings.rst @@ -257,14 +257,19 @@ EBUSY will also be cleared. This is a read-only flag, applications must not set this. * - ``V4L2_DV_FL_REDUCED_FPS`` - - CEA-861 specific: only valid for video transmitters, the flag is - cleared by receivers. It is also only valid for formats with the - ``V4L2_DV_FL_CAN_REDUCE_FPS`` flag set, for other formats the - flag will be cleared by the driver. If the application sets this - flag, then the pixelclock used to set up the transmitter is - divided by 1.001 to make it compatible with NTSC framerates. If - the transmitter can't generate such frequencies, then the flag - will also be cleared. + - CEA-861 specific: only valid for video transmitters or video + receivers that have the ``V4L2_DV_FL_CAN_DETECT_REDUCED_FPS`` + set. This flag is cleared otherwise. It is also only valid for + formats with the ``V4L2_DV_FL_CAN_REDUCE_FPS`` flag set, for other + formats the flag will be cleared by the driver. + + If the application sets this flag for a transmitter, then the + pixelclock used to set up the transmitter is divided by 1.001 to + make it compatible with NTSC framerates. If the transmitter can't + generate such frequencies, then the flag will be cleared. + + If a video receiver detects that the format uses a reduced framerate, + then it will set this flag to signal this to the application. * - ``V4L2_DV_FL_HALF_LINE`` - Specific to interlaced formats: if set, then the vertical backporch of field 1 (aka the odd field) is really one half-line @@ -294,3 +299,9 @@ EBUSY - If set, then the hdmi_vic field is valid and contains the Video Identification Code as per the HDMI standard (HDMI Vendor Specific InfoFrame). + * - ``V4L2_DV_FL_CAN_DETECT_REDUCED_FPS`` + - CEA-861 specific: only valid for video receivers, the flag is + cleared by transmitters. + If set, then the hardware can detect the difference between + regular framerates and framerates reduced by 1000/1001. E.g.: + 60 vs 59.94 Hz, 30 vs 29.97 Hz or 24 vs 23.976 Hz. diff --git a/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/vidioc-g-ext-ctrls.rst b/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/vidioc-g-ext-ctrls.rst index 2011c2b2ee67..d9930fe776cf 100644 --- a/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/vidioc-g-ext-ctrls.rst +++ b/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/vidioc-g-ext-ctrls.rst @@ -95,6 +95,25 @@ appropriate. In the first case the new value is set in struct is inappropriate (e.g. the given menu index is not supported by the menu control), then this will also result in an ``EINVAL`` error code error. +If ``request_fd`` is set to a not-yet-queued :ref:`request <media-request-api>` +file descriptor and ``which`` is set to ``V4L2_CTRL_WHICH_REQUEST_VAL``, +then the controls are not applied immediately when calling +:ref:`VIDIOC_S_EXT_CTRLS <VIDIOC_G_EXT_CTRLS>`, but instead are applied by +the driver for the buffer associated with the same request. +If the device does not support requests, then ``EACCES`` will be returned. +If requests are supported but an invalid request file descriptor is given, +then ``EINVAL`` will be returned. + +An attempt to call :ref:`VIDIOC_S_EXT_CTRLS <VIDIOC_G_EXT_CTRLS>` for a +request that has already been queued will result in an ``EBUSY`` error. + +If ``request_fd`` is specified and ``which`` is set to +``V4L2_CTRL_WHICH_REQUEST_VAL`` during a call to +:ref:`VIDIOC_G_EXT_CTRLS <VIDIOC_G_EXT_CTRLS>`, then it will return the +values of the controls at the time of request completion. +If the request is not yet completed, then this will result in an +``EACCES`` error. + The driver will only set/get these controls if all control values are correct. This prevents the situation where only some of the controls were set/get. Only low-level errors (e. g. a failed i2c command) can @@ -209,13 +228,17 @@ still cause this situation. - ``which`` - Which value of the control to get/set/try. ``V4L2_CTRL_WHICH_CUR_VAL`` will return the current value of the - control and ``V4L2_CTRL_WHICH_DEF_VAL`` will return the default - value of the control. + control, ``V4L2_CTRL_WHICH_DEF_VAL`` will return the default + value of the control and ``V4L2_CTRL_WHICH_REQUEST_VAL`` indicates that + these controls have to be retrieved from a request or tried/set for + a request. In the latter case the ``request_fd`` field contains the + file descriptor of the request that should be used. If the device + does not support requests, then ``EACCES`` will be returned. .. note:: - You can only get the default value of the control, - you cannot set or try it. + When using ``V4L2_CTRL_WHICH_DEF_VAL`` be aware that you can only + get the default value of the control, you cannot set or try it. For backwards compatibility you can also use a control class here (see :ref:`ctrl-class`). In that case all controls have to @@ -272,8 +295,15 @@ still cause this situation. then you can call :ref:`VIDIOC_TRY_EXT_CTRLS <VIDIOC_G_EXT_CTRLS>` to try to discover the actual control that failed the validation step. Unfortunately, there is no ``TRY`` equivalent for :ref:`VIDIOC_G_EXT_CTRLS <VIDIOC_G_EXT_CTRLS>`. + * - __s32 + - ``request_fd`` + - File descriptor of the request to be used by this operation. Only + valid if ``which`` is set to ``V4L2_CTRL_WHICH_REQUEST_VAL``. + If the device does not support requests, then ``EACCES`` will be returned. + If requests are supported but an invalid request file descriptor is + given, then ``EINVAL`` will be returned. * - __u32 - - ``reserved``\ [2] + - ``reserved``\ [1] - Reserved for future extensions. Drivers and applications must set the array to zero. @@ -347,11 +377,14 @@ appropriately. The generic error codes are described at the EINVAL The struct :c:type:`v4l2_ext_control` ``id`` is - invalid, the struct :c:type:`v4l2_ext_controls` + invalid, or the struct :c:type:`v4l2_ext_controls` ``which`` is invalid, or the struct :c:type:`v4l2_ext_control` ``value`` was inappropriate (e.g. the given menu index is not supported by the - driver). This error code is also returned by the + driver), or the ``which`` field was set to ``V4L2_CTRL_WHICH_REQUEST_VAL`` + but the given ``request_fd`` was invalid or ``V4L2_CTRL_WHICH_REQUEST_VAL`` + is not supported by the kernel. + This error code is also returned by the :ref:`VIDIOC_S_EXT_CTRLS <VIDIOC_G_EXT_CTRLS>` and :ref:`VIDIOC_TRY_EXT_CTRLS <VIDIOC_G_EXT_CTRLS>` ioctls if two or more control values are in conflict. @@ -362,7 +395,9 @@ ERANGE EBUSY The control is temporarily not changeable, possibly because another applications took over control of the device function this control - belongs to. + belongs to, or (if the ``which`` field was set to + ``V4L2_CTRL_WHICH_REQUEST_VAL``) the request was queued but not yet + completed. ENOSPC The space reserved for the control's payload is insufficient. The @@ -370,5 +405,9 @@ ENOSPC and this error code is returned. EACCES - Attempt to try or set a read-only control or to get a write-only - control. + Attempt to try or set a read-only control, or to get a write-only + control, or to get a control from a request that has not yet been + completed. + + Or the ``which`` field was set to ``V4L2_CTRL_WHICH_REQUEST_VAL`` but the + device does not support requests. diff --git a/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/vidioc-g-fmt.rst b/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/vidioc-g-fmt.rst index 3ead350e099f..9ea494a8faca 100644 --- a/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/vidioc-g-fmt.rst +++ b/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/vidioc-g-fmt.rst @@ -133,6 +133,11 @@ The format as returned by :ref:`VIDIOC_TRY_FMT <VIDIOC_G_FMT>` must be identical - Definition of a data format, see :ref:`pixfmt`, used by SDR capture and output devices. * - + - struct :c:type:`v4l2_meta_format` + - ``meta`` + - Definition of a metadata format, see :ref:`meta-formats`, used by + metadata capture devices. + * - - __u8 - ``raw_data``\ [200] - Place holder for future extensions. diff --git a/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/vidioc-qbuf.rst b/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/vidioc-qbuf.rst index 9e448a4aa3aa..753b3b5946b1 100644 --- a/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/vidioc-qbuf.rst +++ b/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/vidioc-qbuf.rst @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ To enqueue a :ref:`memory mapped <mmap>` buffer applications set the with a pointer to this structure the driver sets the ``V4L2_BUF_FLAG_MAPPED`` and ``V4L2_BUF_FLAG_QUEUED`` flags and clears the ``V4L2_BUF_FLAG_DONE`` flag in the ``flags`` field, or it returns an -EINVAL error code. +``EINVAL`` error code. To enqueue a :ref:`user pointer <userp>` buffer applications set the ``memory`` field to ``V4L2_MEMORY_USERPTR``, the ``m.userptr`` field to @@ -98,6 +98,28 @@ dequeued, until the :ref:`VIDIOC_STREAMOFF <VIDIOC_STREAMON>` or :ref:`VIDIOC_REQBUFS` ioctl is called, or until the device is closed. +The ``request_fd`` field can be used with the ``VIDIOC_QBUF`` ioctl to specify +the file descriptor of a :ref:`request <media-request-api>`, if requests are +in use. Setting it means that the buffer will not be passed to the driver +until the request itself is queued. Also, the driver will apply any +settings associated with the request for this buffer. This field will +be ignored unless the ``V4L2_BUF_FLAG_REQUEST_FD`` flag is set. +If the device does not support requests, then ``EACCES`` will be returned. +If requests are supported but an invalid request file descriptor is given, +then ``EINVAL`` will be returned. + +.. caution:: + It is not allowed to mix queuing requests with queuing buffers directly. + ``EBUSY`` will be returned if the first buffer was queued directly and + then the application tries to queue a request, or vice versa. After + closing the file descriptor, calling + :ref:`VIDIOC_STREAMOFF <VIDIOC_STREAMON>` or calling :ref:`VIDIOC_REQBUFS` + the check for this will be reset. + + For :ref:`memory-to-memory devices <codec>` you can specify the + ``request_fd`` only for output buffers, not for capture buffers. Attempting + to specify this for a capture buffer will result in an ``EACCES`` error. + Applications call the ``VIDIOC_DQBUF`` ioctl to dequeue a filled (capturing) or displayed (output) buffer from the driver's outgoing queue. They just set the ``type``, ``memory`` and ``reserved`` fields of @@ -133,7 +155,9 @@ EAGAIN EINVAL The buffer ``type`` is not supported, or the ``index`` is out of bounds, or no buffers have been allocated yet, or the ``userptr`` or - ``length`` are invalid. + ``length`` are invalid, or the ``V4L2_BUF_FLAG_REQUEST_FD`` flag was + set but the the given ``request_fd`` was invalid, or ``m.fd`` was + an invalid DMABUF file descriptor. EIO ``VIDIOC_DQBUF`` failed due to an internal error. Can also indicate @@ -153,3 +177,12 @@ EPIPE ``VIDIOC_DQBUF`` returns this on an empty capture queue for mem2mem codecs if a buffer with the ``V4L2_BUF_FLAG_LAST`` was already dequeued and no new buffers are expected to become available. + +EACCES + The ``V4L2_BUF_FLAG_REQUEST_FD`` flag was set but the device does not + support requests for the given buffer type. + +EBUSY + The first buffer was queued via a request, but the application now tries + to queue it directly, or vice versa (it is not permitted to mix the two + APIs). diff --git a/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/vidioc-queryctrl.rst b/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/vidioc-queryctrl.rst index 5bd26e8c9a1a..258f5813f281 100644 --- a/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/vidioc-queryctrl.rst +++ b/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/vidioc-queryctrl.rst @@ -424,8 +424,18 @@ See also the examples in :ref:`control`. - any - An unsigned 32-bit valued control ranging from minimum to maximum inclusive. The step value indicates the increment between values. - - + * - ``V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_MPEG2_SLICE_PARAMS`` + - n/a + - n/a + - n/a + - A struct :c:type:`v4l2_ctrl_mpeg2_slice_params`, containing MPEG-2 + slice parameters for stateless video decoders. + * - ``V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_MPEG2_QUANTIZATION`` + - n/a + - n/a + - n/a + - A struct :c:type:`v4l2_ctrl_mpeg2_quantization`, containing MPEG-2 + quantization matrices for stateless video decoders. .. tabularcolumns:: |p{6.6cm}|p{2.2cm}|p{8.7cm}| diff --git a/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/vidioc-reqbufs.rst b/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/vidioc-reqbufs.rst index 316f52c8a310..d4bbbb0c60e8 100644 --- a/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/vidioc-reqbufs.rst +++ b/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/vidioc-reqbufs.rst @@ -88,10 +88,50 @@ any DMA in progress, an implicit ``V4L2_MEMORY_DMABUF`` or ``V4L2_MEMORY_USERPTR``. See :c:type:`v4l2_memory`. * - __u32 - - ``reserved``\ [2] + - ``capabilities`` + - Set by the driver. If 0, then the driver doesn't support + capabilities. In that case all you know is that the driver is + guaranteed to support ``V4L2_MEMORY_MMAP`` and *might* support + other :c:type:`v4l2_memory` types. It will not support any others + capabilities. + + If you want to query the capabilities with a minimum of side-effects, + then this can be called with ``count`` set to 0, ``memory`` set to + ``V4L2_MEMORY_MMAP`` and ``type`` set to the buffer type. This will + free any previously allocated buffers, so this is typically something + that will be done at the start of the application. + * - __u32 + - ``reserved``\ [1] - A place holder for future extensions. Drivers and applications must set the array to zero. +.. tabularcolumns:: |p{6.1cm}|p{2.2cm}|p{8.7cm}| + +.. _v4l2-buf-capabilities: +.. _V4L2-BUF-CAP-SUPPORTS-MMAP: +.. _V4L2-BUF-CAP-SUPPORTS-USERPTR: +.. _V4L2-BUF-CAP-SUPPORTS-DMABUF: +.. _V4L2-BUF-CAP-SUPPORTS-REQUESTS: + +.. cssclass:: longtable + +.. flat-table:: V4L2 Buffer Capabilities Flags + :header-rows: 0 + :stub-columns: 0 + :widths: 3 1 4 + + * - ``V4L2_BUF_CAP_SUPPORTS_MMAP`` + - 0x00000001 + - This buffer type supports the ``V4L2_MEMORY_MMAP`` streaming mode. + * - ``V4L2_BUF_CAP_SUPPORTS_USERPTR`` + - 0x00000002 + - This buffer type supports the ``V4L2_MEMORY_USERPTR`` streaming mode. + * - ``V4L2_BUF_CAP_SUPPORTS_DMABUF`` + - 0x00000004 + - This buffer type supports the ``V4L2_MEMORY_DMABUF`` streaming mode. + * - ``V4L2_BUF_CAP_SUPPORTS_REQUESTS`` + - 0x00000008 + - This buffer type supports :ref:`requests <media-request-api>`. Return Value ============ diff --git a/Documentation/media/videodev2.h.rst.exceptions b/Documentation/media/videodev2.h.rst.exceptions index ca9f0edc579e..1ec425a7c364 100644 --- a/Documentation/media/videodev2.h.rst.exceptions +++ b/Documentation/media/videodev2.h.rst.exceptions @@ -56,7 +56,8 @@ replace symbol V4L2_MEMORY_USERPTR :c:type:`v4l2_memory` # Documented enum v4l2_colorspace replace symbol V4L2_COLORSPACE_470_SYSTEM_BG :c:type:`v4l2_colorspace` replace symbol V4L2_COLORSPACE_470_SYSTEM_M :c:type:`v4l2_colorspace` -replace symbol V4L2_COLORSPACE_ADOBERGB :c:type:`v4l2_colorspace` +replace symbol V4L2_COLORSPACE_OPRGB :c:type:`v4l2_colorspace` +replace define V4L2_COLORSPACE_ADOBERGB :c:type:`v4l2_colorspace` replace symbol V4L2_COLORSPACE_BT2020 :c:type:`v4l2_colorspace` replace symbol V4L2_COLORSPACE_DCI_P3 :c:type:`v4l2_colorspace` replace symbol V4L2_COLORSPACE_DEFAULT :c:type:`v4l2_colorspace` @@ -69,7 +70,8 @@ replace symbol V4L2_COLORSPACE_SRGB :c:type:`v4l2_colorspace` # Documented enum v4l2_xfer_func replace symbol V4L2_XFER_FUNC_709 :c:type:`v4l2_xfer_func` -replace symbol V4L2_XFER_FUNC_ADOBERGB :c:type:`v4l2_xfer_func` +replace symbol V4L2_XFER_FUNC_OPRGB :c:type:`v4l2_xfer_func` +replace define V4L2_XFER_FUNC_ADOBERGB :c:type:`v4l2_xfer_func` replace symbol V4L2_XFER_FUNC_DCI_P3 :c:type:`v4l2_xfer_func` replace symbol V4L2_XFER_FUNC_DEFAULT :c:type:`v4l2_xfer_func` replace symbol V4L2_XFER_FUNC_NONE :c:type:`v4l2_xfer_func` @@ -129,6 +131,8 @@ replace symbol V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_STRING :c:type:`v4l2_ctrl_type` replace symbol V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_U16 :c:type:`v4l2_ctrl_type` replace symbol V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_U32 :c:type:`v4l2_ctrl_type` replace symbol V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_U8 :c:type:`v4l2_ctrl_type` +replace symbol V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_MPEG2_SLICE_PARAMS :c:type:`v4l2_ctrl_type` +replace symbol V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_MPEG2_QUANTIZATION :c:type:`v4l2_ctrl_type` # V4L2 capability defines replace define V4L2_CAP_VIDEO_CAPTURE device-capabilities @@ -278,6 +282,7 @@ replace define V4L2_DV_BT_STD_SDI dv-bt-standards replace define V4L2_DV_FL_REDUCED_BLANKING dv-bt-standards replace define V4L2_DV_FL_CAN_REDUCE_FPS dv-bt-standards +replace define V4L2_DV_FL_CAN_DETECT_REDUCED_FPS dv-bt-standards replace define V4L2_DV_FL_REDUCED_FPS dv-bt-standards replace define V4L2_DV_FL_HALF_LINE dv-bt-standards replace define V4L2_DV_FL_IS_CE_VIDEO dv-bt-standards @@ -514,6 +519,7 @@ ignore define V4L2_CTRL_DRIVER_PRIV ignore define V4L2_CTRL_MAX_DIMS ignore define V4L2_CTRL_WHICH_CUR_VAL ignore define V4L2_CTRL_WHICH_DEF_VAL +ignore define V4L2_CTRL_WHICH_REQUEST_VAL ignore define V4L2_OUT_CAP_CUSTOM_TIMINGS ignore define V4L2_CID_MAX_CTRLS diff --git a/Documentation/networking/ice.rst b/Documentation/networking/ice.rst index 1e4948c9e989..4d118b827bbb 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/ice.rst +++ b/Documentation/networking/ice.rst @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ Enabling the driver The driver is enabled via the standard kernel configuration system, using the make command:: - make oldconfig/silentoldconfig/menuconfig/etc. + make oldconfig/menuconfig/etc. The driver is located in the menu structure at: diff --git a/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt b/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt index 163b5ff1073c..32b21571adfe 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt @@ -316,6 +316,17 @@ tcp_frto - INTEGER By default it's enabled with a non-zero value. 0 disables F-RTO. +tcp_fwmark_accept - BOOLEAN + If set, incoming connections to listening sockets that do not have a + socket mark will set the mark of the accepting socket to the fwmark of + the incoming SYN packet. This will cause all packets on that connection + (starting from the first SYNACK) to be sent with that fwmark. The + listening socket's mark is unchanged. Listening sockets that already + have a fwmark set via setsockopt(SOL_SOCKET, SO_MARK, ...) are + unaffected. + + Default: 0 + tcp_invalid_ratelimit - INTEGER Limit the maximal rate for sending duplicate acknowledgments in response to incoming TCP packets that are for an existing diff --git a/Documentation/networking/rxrpc.txt b/Documentation/networking/rxrpc.txt index 605e00cdd6be..89f1302d593a 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/rxrpc.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/rxrpc.txt @@ -1056,18 +1056,23 @@ The kernel interface functions are as follows: u32 rxrpc_kernel_check_life(struct socket *sock, struct rxrpc_call *call); + void rxrpc_kernel_probe_life(struct socket *sock, + struct rxrpc_call *call); - This returns a number that is updated when ACKs are received from the peer - (notably including PING RESPONSE ACKs which we can elicit by sending PING - ACKs to see if the call still exists on the server). The caller should - compare the numbers of two calls to see if the call is still alive after - waiting for a suitable interval. + The first function returns a number that is updated when ACKs are received + from the peer (notably including PING RESPONSE ACKs which we can elicit by + sending PING ACKs to see if the call still exists on the server). The + caller should compare the numbers of two calls to see if the call is still + alive after waiting for a suitable interval. This allows the caller to work out if the server is still contactable and if the call is still alive on the server whilst waiting for the server to process a client operation. - This function may transmit a PING ACK. + The second function causes a ping ACK to be transmitted to try to provoke + the peer into responding, which would then cause the value returned by the + first function to change. Note that this must be called in TASK_RUNNING + state. (*) Get reply timestamp. diff --git a/Documentation/process/index.rst b/Documentation/process/index.rst index 757808526d9a..878ebfda7eef 100644 --- a/Documentation/process/index.rst +++ b/Documentation/process/index.rst @@ -25,6 +25,7 @@ Below are the essential guides that every developer should read. code-of-conduct-interpretation development-process submitting-patches + programming-language coding-style maintainer-pgp-guide email-clients diff --git a/Documentation/process/programming-language.rst b/Documentation/process/programming-language.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..e5f5f065dc24 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/process/programming-language.rst @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +.. _programming_language: + +Programming Language +==================== + +The kernel is written in the C programming language [c-language]_. +More precisely, the kernel is typically compiled with ``gcc`` [gcc]_ +under ``-std=gnu89`` [gcc-c-dialect-options]_: the GNU dialect of ISO C90 +(including some C99 features). + +This dialect contains many extensions to the language [gnu-extensions]_, +and many of them are used within the kernel as a matter of course. + +There is some support for compiling the kernel with ``clang`` [clang]_ +and ``icc`` [icc]_ for several of the architectures, although at the time +of writing it is not completed, requiring third-party patches. + +Attributes +---------- + +One of the common extensions used throughout the kernel are attributes +[gcc-attribute-syntax]_. Attributes allow to introduce +implementation-defined semantics to language entities (like variables, +functions or types) without having to make significant syntactic changes +to the language (e.g. adding a new keyword) [n2049]_. + +In some cases, attributes are optional (i.e. a compiler not supporting them +should still produce proper code, even if it is slower or does not perform +as many compile-time checks/diagnostics). + +The kernel defines pseudo-keywords (e.g. ``__pure``) instead of using +directly the GNU attribute syntax (e.g. ``__attribute__((__pure__))``) +in order to feature detect which ones can be used and/or to shorten the code. + +Please refer to ``include/linux/compiler_attributes.h`` for more information. + +.. [c-language] http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg14/www/standards +.. [gcc] https://gcc.gnu.org +.. [clang] https://clang.llvm.org +.. [icc] https://software.intel.com/en-us/c-compilers +.. [gcc-c-dialect-options] https://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/C-Dialect-Options.html +.. [gnu-extensions] https://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/C-Extensions.html +.. [gcc-attribute-syntax] https://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Attribute-Syntax.html +.. [n2049] http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg14/www/docs/n2049.pdf + diff --git a/Documentation/security/keys/core.rst b/Documentation/security/keys/core.rst index 9ce7256c6edb..9521c4207f01 100644 --- a/Documentation/security/keys/core.rst +++ b/Documentation/security/keys/core.rst @@ -859,6 +859,7 @@ The keyctl syscall functions are: and either the buffer length or the OtherInfo length exceeds the allowed length. + * Restrict keyring linkage:: long keyctl(KEYCTL_RESTRICT_KEYRING, key_serial_t keyring, @@ -890,6 +891,116 @@ The keyctl syscall functions are: applicable to the asymmetric key type. + * Query an asymmetric key:: + + long keyctl(KEYCTL_PKEY_QUERY, + key_serial_t key_id, unsigned long reserved, + struct keyctl_pkey_query *info); + + Get information about an asymmetric key. The information is returned in + the keyctl_pkey_query struct:: + + __u32 supported_ops; + __u32 key_size; + __u16 max_data_size; + __u16 max_sig_size; + __u16 max_enc_size; + __u16 max_dec_size; + __u32 __spare[10]; + + ``supported_ops`` contains a bit mask of flags indicating which ops are + supported. This is constructed from a bitwise-OR of:: + + KEYCTL_SUPPORTS_{ENCRYPT,DECRYPT,SIGN,VERIFY} + + ``key_size`` indicated the size of the key in bits. + + ``max_*_size`` indicate the maximum sizes in bytes of a blob of data to be + signed, a signature blob, a blob to be encrypted and a blob to be + decrypted. + + ``__spare[]`` must be set to 0. This is intended for future use to hand + over one or more passphrases needed unlock a key. + + If successful, 0 is returned. If the key is not an asymmetric key, + EOPNOTSUPP is returned. + + + * Encrypt, decrypt, sign or verify a blob using an asymmetric key:: + + long keyctl(KEYCTL_PKEY_ENCRYPT, + const struct keyctl_pkey_params *params, + const char *info, + const void *in, + void *out); + + long keyctl(KEYCTL_PKEY_DECRYPT, + const struct keyctl_pkey_params *params, + const char *info, + const void *in, + void *out); + + long keyctl(KEYCTL_PKEY_SIGN, + const struct keyctl_pkey_params *params, + const char *info, + const void *in, + void *out); + + long keyctl(KEYCTL_PKEY_VERIFY, + const struct keyctl_pkey_params *params, + const char *info, + const void *in, + const void *in2); + + Use an asymmetric key to perform a public-key cryptographic operation a + blob of data. For encryption and verification, the asymmetric key may + only need the public parts to be available, but for decryption and signing + the private parts are required also. + + The parameter block pointed to by params contains a number of integer + values:: + + __s32 key_id; + __u32 in_len; + __u32 out_len; + __u32 in2_len; + + ``key_id`` is the ID of the asymmetric key to be used. ``in_len`` and + ``in2_len`` indicate the amount of data in the in and in2 buffers and + ``out_len`` indicates the size of the out buffer as appropriate for the + above operations. + + For a given operation, the in and out buffers are used as follows:: + + Operation ID in,in_len out,out_len in2,in2_len + ======================= =============== =============== =============== + KEYCTL_PKEY_ENCRYPT Raw data Encrypted data - + KEYCTL_PKEY_DECRYPT Encrypted data Raw data - + KEYCTL_PKEY_SIGN Raw data Signature - + KEYCTL_PKEY_VERIFY Raw data - Signature + + ``info`` is a string of key=value pairs that supply supplementary + information. These include: + + ``enc=<encoding>`` The encoding of the encrypted/signature blob. This + can be "pkcs1" for RSASSA-PKCS1-v1.5 or + RSAES-PKCS1-v1.5; "pss" for "RSASSA-PSS"; "oaep" for + "RSAES-OAEP". If omitted or is "raw", the raw output + of the encryption function is specified. + + ``hash=<algo>`` If the data buffer contains the output of a hash + function and the encoding includes some indication of + which hash function was used, the hash function can be + specified with this, eg. "hash=sha256". + + The ``__spare[]`` space in the parameter block must be set to 0. This is + intended, amongst other things, to allow the passing of passphrases + required to unlock a key. + + If successful, encrypt, decrypt and sign all return the amount of data + written into the output buffer. Verification returns 0 on success. + + Kernel Services =============== @@ -1483,6 +1594,112 @@ The structure has a number of fields, some of which are mandatory: attempted key link operation. If there is no match, -EINVAL is returned. + * ``int (*asym_eds_op)(struct kernel_pkey_params *params, + const void *in, void *out);`` + ``int (*asym_verify_signature)(struct kernel_pkey_params *params, + const void *in, const void *in2);`` + + These methods are optional. If provided the first allows a key to be + used to encrypt, decrypt or sign a blob of data, and the second allows a + key to verify a signature. + + In all cases, the following information is provided in the params block:: + + struct kernel_pkey_params { + struct key *key; + const char *encoding; + const char *hash_algo; + char *info; + __u32 in_len; + union { + __u32 out_len; + __u32 in2_len; + }; + enum kernel_pkey_operation op : 8; + }; + + This includes the key to be used; a string indicating the encoding to use + (for instance, "pkcs1" may be used with an RSA key to indicate + RSASSA-PKCS1-v1.5 or RSAES-PKCS1-v1.5 encoding or "raw" if no encoding); + the name of the hash algorithm used to generate the data for a signature + (if appropriate); the sizes of the input and output (or second input) + buffers; and the ID of the operation to be performed. + + For a given operation ID, the input and output buffers are used as + follows:: + + Operation ID in,in_len out,out_len in2,in2_len + ======================= =============== =============== =============== + kernel_pkey_encrypt Raw data Encrypted data - + kernel_pkey_decrypt Encrypted data Raw data - + kernel_pkey_sign Raw data Signature - + kernel_pkey_verify Raw data - Signature + + asym_eds_op() deals with encryption, decryption and signature creation as + specified by params->op. Note that params->op is also set for + asym_verify_signature(). + + Encrypting and signature creation both take raw data in the input buffer + and return the encrypted result in the output buffer. Padding may have + been added if an encoding was set. In the case of signature creation, + depending on the encoding, the padding created may need to indicate the + digest algorithm - the name of which should be supplied in hash_algo. + + Decryption takes encrypted data in the input buffer and returns the raw + data in the output buffer. Padding will get checked and stripped off if + an encoding was set. + + Verification takes raw data in the input buffer and the signature in the + second input buffer and checks that the one matches the other. Padding + will be validated. Depending on the encoding, the digest algorithm used + to generate the raw data may need to be indicated in hash_algo. + + If successful, asym_eds_op() should return the number of bytes written + into the output buffer. asym_verify_signature() should return 0. + + A variety of errors may be returned, including EOPNOTSUPP if the operation + is not supported; EKEYREJECTED if verification fails; ENOPKG if the + required crypto isn't available. + + + * ``int (*asym_query)(const struct kernel_pkey_params *params, + struct kernel_pkey_query *info);`` + + This method is optional. If provided it allows information about the + public or asymmetric key held in the key to be determined. + + The parameter block is as for asym_eds_op() and co. but in_len and out_len + are unused. The encoding and hash_algo fields should be used to reduce + the returned buffer/data sizes as appropriate. + + If successful, the following information is filled in:: + + struct kernel_pkey_query { + __u32 supported_ops; + __u32 key_size; + __u16 max_data_size; + __u16 max_sig_size; + __u16 max_enc_size; + __u16 max_dec_size; + }; + + The supported_ops field will contain a bitmask indicating what operations + are supported by the key, including encryption of a blob, decryption of a + blob, signing a blob and verifying the signature on a blob. The following + constants are defined for this:: + + KEYCTL_SUPPORTS_{ENCRYPT,DECRYPT,SIGN,VERIFY} + + The key_size field is the size of the key in bits. max_data_size and + max_sig_size are the maximum raw data and signature sizes for creation and + verification of a signature; max_enc_size and max_dec_size are the maximum + raw data and signature sizes for encryption and decryption. The + max_*_size fields are measured in bytes. + + If successful, 0 will be returned. If the key doesn't support this, + EOPNOTSUPP will be returned. + + Request-Key Callback Service ============================ diff --git a/Documentation/security/self-protection.rst b/Documentation/security/self-protection.rst index e1ca698e0006..f584fb74b4ff 100644 --- a/Documentation/security/self-protection.rst +++ b/Documentation/security/self-protection.rst @@ -302,11 +302,11 @@ sure structure holes are cleared. Memory poisoning ---------------- -When releasing memory, it is best to poison the contents (clear stack on -syscall return, wipe heap memory on a free), to avoid reuse attacks that -rely on the old contents of memory. This frustrates many uninitialized -variable attacks, stack content exposures, heap content exposures, and -use-after-free attacks. +When releasing memory, it is best to poison the contents, to avoid reuse +attacks that rely on the old contents of memory. E.g., clear stack on a +syscall return (``CONFIG_GCC_PLUGIN_STACKLEAK``), wipe heap memory on a +free. This frustrates many uninitialized variable attacks, stack content +exposures, heap content exposures, and use-after-free attacks. Destination tracking -------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/serial/driver b/Documentation/serial/driver index da193e092fc3..86e47c19a924 100644 --- a/Documentation/serial/driver +++ b/Documentation/serial/driver @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ This document is meant as a brief overview of some aspects of the new serial driver. It is not complete, any questions you have should be directed to <rmk@arm.linux.org.uk> -The reference implementation is contained within amba_pl011.c. +The reference implementation is contained within amba-pl011.c. diff --git a/Documentation/serial/serial-iso7816.txt b/Documentation/serial/serial-iso7816.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..3193d24a2b0f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/serial/serial-iso7816.txt @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ + ISO7816 SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS + +1. INTRODUCTION + + ISO/IEC7816 is a series of standards specifying integrated circuit cards (ICC) + also known as smart cards. + +2. HARDWARE-RELATED CONSIDERATIONS + + Some CPUs/UARTs (e.g., Microchip AT91) contain a built-in mode capable of + handling communication with a smart card. + + For these microcontrollers, the Linux driver should be made capable of + working in both modes, and proper ioctls (see later) should be made + available at user-level to allow switching from one mode to the other, and + vice versa. + +3. DATA STRUCTURES ALREADY AVAILABLE IN THE KERNEL + + The Linux kernel provides the serial_iso7816 structure (see [1]) to handle + ISO7816 communications. This data structure is used to set and configure + ISO7816 parameters in ioctls. + + Any driver for devices capable of working both as RS232 and ISO7816 should + implement the iso7816_config callback in the uart_port structure. The + serial_core calls iso7816_config to do the device specific part in response + to TIOCGISO7816 and TIOCSISO7816 ioctls (see below). The iso7816_config + callback receives a pointer to struct serial_iso7816. + +4. USAGE FROM USER-LEVEL + + From user-level, ISO7816 configuration can be get/set using the previous + ioctls. For instance, to set ISO7816 you can use the following code: + + #include <linux/serial.h> + + /* Include definition for ISO7816 ioctls: TIOCSISO7816 and TIOCGISO7816 */ + #include <sys/ioctl.h> + + /* Open your specific device (e.g., /dev/mydevice): */ + int fd = open ("/dev/mydevice", O_RDWR); + if (fd < 0) { + /* Error handling. See errno. */ + } + + struct serial_iso7816 iso7816conf; + + /* Reserved fields as to be zeroed */ + memset(&iso7816conf, 0, sizeof(iso7816conf)); + + /* Enable ISO7816 mode: */ + iso7816conf.flags |= SER_ISO7816_ENABLED; + + /* Select the protocol: */ + /* T=0 */ + iso7816conf.flags |= SER_ISO7816_T(0); + /* or T=1 */ + iso7816conf.flags |= SER_ISO7816_T(1); + + /* Set the guard time: */ + iso7816conf.tg = 2; + + /* Set the clock frequency*/ + iso7816conf.clk = 3571200; + + /* Set transmission factors: */ + iso7816conf.sc_fi = 372; + iso7816conf.sc_di = 1; + + if (ioctl(fd_usart, TIOCSISO7816, &iso7816conf) < 0) { + /* Error handling. See errno. */ + } + + /* Use read() and write() syscalls here... */ + + /* Close the device when finished: */ + if (close (fd) < 0) { + /* Error handling. See errno. */ + } + +5. REFERENCES + + [1] include/uapi/linux/serial.h diff --git a/Documentation/sysctl/kernel.txt b/Documentation/sysctl/kernel.txt index 37a679501ddc..1b8775298cf7 100644 --- a/Documentation/sysctl/kernel.txt +++ b/Documentation/sysctl/kernel.txt @@ -89,6 +89,7 @@ show up in /proc/sys/kernel: - shmmni - softlockup_all_cpu_backtrace - soft_watchdog +- stack_erasing - stop-a [ SPARC only ] - sysrq ==> Documentation/admin-guide/sysrq.rst - sysctl_writes_strict @@ -987,6 +988,23 @@ detect a hard lockup condition. ============================================================== +stack_erasing + +This parameter can be used to control kernel stack erasing at the end +of syscalls for kernels built with CONFIG_GCC_PLUGIN_STACKLEAK. + +That erasing reduces the information which kernel stack leak bugs +can reveal and blocks some uninitialized stack variable attacks. +The tradeoff is the performance impact: on a single CPU system kernel +compilation sees a 1% slowdown, other systems and workloads may vary. + + 0: kernel stack erasing is disabled, STACKLEAK_METRICS are not updated. + + 1: kernel stack erasing is enabled (default), it is performed before + returning to the userspace at the end of syscalls. + +============================================================== + tainted: Non-zero if the kernel has been tainted. Numeric values, which can be diff --git a/Documentation/sysctl/net.txt b/Documentation/sysctl/net.txt index 9ecde517728c..2793d4eac55f 100644 --- a/Documentation/sysctl/net.txt +++ b/Documentation/sysctl/net.txt @@ -92,6 +92,14 @@ Values : 0 - disable JIT kallsyms export (default value) 1 - enable JIT kallsyms export for privileged users only +bpf_jit_limit +------------- + +This enforces a global limit for memory allocations to the BPF JIT +compiler in order to reject unprivileged JIT requests once it has +been surpassed. bpf_jit_limit contains the value of the global limit +in bytes. + dev_weight -------------- diff --git a/Documentation/trace/kprobetrace.rst b/Documentation/trace/kprobetrace.rst index 8bfc75c90806..47e765c2f2c3 100644 --- a/Documentation/trace/kprobetrace.rst +++ b/Documentation/trace/kprobetrace.rst @@ -45,16 +45,18 @@ Synopsis of kprobe_events @SYM[+|-offs] : Fetch memory at SYM +|- offs (SYM should be a data symbol) $stackN : Fetch Nth entry of stack (N >= 0) $stack : Fetch stack address. - $retval : Fetch return value.(*) + $argN : Fetch the Nth function argument. (N >= 1) (\*1) + $retval : Fetch return value.(\*2) $comm : Fetch current task comm. - +|-offs(FETCHARG) : Fetch memory at FETCHARG +|- offs address.(**) + +|-offs(FETCHARG) : Fetch memory at FETCHARG +|- offs address.(\*3) NAME=FETCHARG : Set NAME as the argument name of FETCHARG. FETCHARG:TYPE : Set TYPE as the type of FETCHARG. Currently, basic types (u8/u16/u32/u64/s8/s16/s32/s64), hexadecimal types (x8/x16/x32/x64), "string" and bitfield are supported. - (*) only for return probe. - (**) this is useful for fetching a field of data structures. + (\*1) only for the probe on function entry (offs == 0). + (\*2) only for return probe. + (\*3) this is useful for fetching a field of data structures. Types ----- @@ -64,14 +66,27 @@ respectively. 'x' prefix implies it is unsigned. Traced arguments are shown in decimal ('s' and 'u') or hexadecimal ('x'). Without type casting, 'x32' or 'x64' is used depends on the architecture (e.g. x86-32 uses x32, and x86-64 uses x64). +These value types can be an array. To record array data, you can add '[N]' +(where N is a fixed number, less than 64) to the base type. +E.g. 'x16[4]' means an array of x16 (2bytes hex) with 4 elements. +Note that the array can be applied to memory type fetchargs, you can not +apply it to registers/stack-entries etc. (for example, '$stack1:x8[8]' is +wrong, but '+8($stack):x8[8]' is OK.) String type is a special type, which fetches a "null-terminated" string from kernel space. This means it will fail and store NULL if the string container has been paged out. +The string array type is a bit different from other types. For other base +types, <base-type>[1] is equal to <base-type> (e.g. +0(%di):x32[1] is same +as +0(%di):x32.) But string[1] is not equal to string. The string type itself +represents "char array", but string array type represents "char * array". +So, for example, +0(%di):string[1] is equal to +0(+0(%di)):string. Bitfield is another special type, which takes 3 parameters, bit-width, bit- offset, and container-size (usually 32). The syntax is:: b<bit-width>@<bit-offset>/<container-size> +Symbol type('symbol') is an alias of u32 or u64 type (depends on BITS_PER_LONG) +which shows given pointer in "symbol+offset" style. For $comm, the default type is "string"; any other type is invalid. diff --git a/Documentation/userspace-api/spec_ctrl.rst b/Documentation/userspace-api/spec_ctrl.rst index 32f3d55c54b7..c4dbe6f7cdae 100644 --- a/Documentation/userspace-api/spec_ctrl.rst +++ b/Documentation/userspace-api/spec_ctrl.rst @@ -92,3 +92,12 @@ Speculation misfeature controls * prctl(PR_SET_SPECULATION_CTRL, PR_SPEC_STORE_BYPASS, PR_SPEC_ENABLE, 0, 0); * prctl(PR_SET_SPECULATION_CTRL, PR_SPEC_STORE_BYPASS, PR_SPEC_DISABLE, 0, 0); * prctl(PR_SET_SPECULATION_CTRL, PR_SPEC_STORE_BYPASS, PR_SPEC_FORCE_DISABLE, 0, 0); + +- PR_SPEC_INDIR_BRANCH: Indirect Branch Speculation in User Processes + (Mitigate Spectre V2 style attacks against user processes) + + Invocations: + * prctl(PR_GET_SPECULATION_CTRL, PR_SPEC_INDIRECT_BRANCH, 0, 0, 0); + * prctl(PR_SET_SPECULATION_CTRL, PR_SPEC_INDIRECT_BRANCH, PR_SPEC_ENABLE, 0, 0); + * prctl(PR_SET_SPECULATION_CTRL, PR_SPEC_INDIRECT_BRANCH, PR_SPEC_DISABLE, 0, 0); + * prctl(PR_SET_SPECULATION_CTRL, PR_SPEC_INDIRECT_BRANCH, PR_SPEC_FORCE_DISABLE, 0, 0); diff --git a/Documentation/watchdog/hpwdt.txt b/Documentation/watchdog/hpwdt.txt index 6d866c537127..55df692c5595 100644 --- a/Documentation/watchdog/hpwdt.txt +++ b/Documentation/watchdog/hpwdt.txt @@ -1,15 +1,12 @@ -Last reviewed: 05/20/2016 +Last reviewed: 08/20/2018 HPE iLO NMI Watchdog Driver - NMI sourcing for iLO based ProLiant Servers - Documentation and Driver by - Thomas Mingarelli + for iLO based ProLiant Servers The HPE iLO NMI Watchdog driver is a kernel module that provides basic - watchdog functionality and the added benefit of NMI sourcing. Both the - watchdog functionality and the NMI sourcing capability need to be enabled - by the user. Remember that the two modes are not dependent on one another. - A user can have the NMI sourcing without the watchdog timer and vice-versa. + watchdog functionality and handler for the iLO "Generate NMI to System" + virtual button. + All references to iLO in this document imply it also works on iLO2 and all subsequent generations. @@ -21,12 +18,16 @@ Last reviewed: 05/20/2016 not be updated in a timely fashion and a hardware system reset (also known as an Automatic Server Recovery (ASR)) event will occur. - The hpwdt driver also has three (3) module parameters. They are the following: + The hpwdt driver also has the following module parameters: soft_margin - allows the user to set the watchdog timer value. Default value is 30 seconds. - allow_kdump - allows the user to save off a kernel dump image after an NMI. - Default value is 1/ON + timeout - an alias of soft_margin. + pretimeout - allows the user to set the watchdog pretimeout value. + This is the number of seconds before timeout when an + NMI is delivered to the system. Setting the value to + zero disables the pretimeout NMI. + Default value is 9 seconds. nowayout - basic watchdog parameter that does not allow the timer to be restarted or an impending ASR to be escaped. Default value is set when compiling the kernel. If it is set @@ -37,61 +38,29 @@ Last reviewed: 05/20/2016 interface to /dev/watchdog can be found in Documentation/watchdog/watchdog-api.txt and Documentation/IPMI.txt. - The NMI sourcing capability is disabled by default due to the inability to - distinguish between "NMI Watchdog Ticks" and "HW generated NMI events" in the - Linux kernel. What this means is that the hpwdt nmi handler code is called - each time the NMI signal fires off. This could amount to several thousands of - NMIs in a matter of seconds. If a user sees the Linux kernel's "dazed and - confused" message in the logs or if the system gets into a hung state, then - the hpwdt driver can be reloaded. - - 1. If the kernel has not been booted with nmi_watchdog turned off then - edit and place the nmi_watchdog=0 at the end of the currently booting - kernel line. Depending on your Linux distribution and platform setup: - For non-UEFI systems - /boot/grub/grub.conf or - /boot/grub/menu.lst - For UEFI systems - /boot/efi/EFI/distroname/grub.conf or - /boot/efi/efi/distroname/elilo.conf - 2. reboot the sever - 3. Once the system comes up perform a modprobe -r hpwdt - 4. modprobe /lib/modules/`uname -r`/kernel/drivers/watchdog/hpwdt.ko - - Now, the hpwdt can successfully receive and source the NMI and provide a log - message that details the reason for the NMI (as determined by the HPE BIOS). - - Below is a list of NMIs the HPE BIOS understands along with the associated - code (reason): - - No source found 00h - - Uncorrectable Memory Error 01h - - ASR NMI 1Bh - - PCI Parity Error 20h - - NMI Button Press 27h - - SB_BUS_NMI 28h - - ILO Doorbell NMI 29h - - ILO IOP NMI 2Ah - - ILO Watchdog NMI 2Bh - - Proc Throt NMI 2Ch + Due to limitations in the iLO hardware, the NMI pretimeout if enabled, + can only be set to 9 seconds. Attempts to set pretimeout to other + non-zero values will be rounded, possibly to zero. Users should verify + the pretimeout value after attempting to set pretimeout or timeout. - Front Side Bus NMI 2Dh + Upon receipt of an NMI from the iLO, the hpwdt driver will initiate a + panic. This is to allow for a crash dump to be collected. It is incumbent + upon the user to have properly configured the system for kdump. - PCI Express Error 2Fh + The default Linux kernel behavior upon panic is to print a kernel tombstone + and loop forever. This is generally not what a watchdog user wants. - DMA controller NMI 30h + For those wishing to learn more please see: + Documentation/kdump/kdump.txt + Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.txt (panic=) + Your Linux Distribution specific documentation. - Hypertransport/CSI Error 31h + If the hpwdt does not receive the NMI associated with an expiring timer, + the iLO will proceed to reset the system at timeout if the timer hasn't + been updated. +-- + The HPE iLO NMI Watchdog Driver and documentation were originally developed + by Tom Mingarelli. - -- Tom Mingarelli diff --git a/Documentation/watchdog/watchdog-parameters.txt b/Documentation/watchdog/watchdog-parameters.txt index 6d6200ea27b8..0b88e333f9e1 100644 --- a/Documentation/watchdog/watchdog-parameters.txt +++ b/Documentation/watchdog/watchdog-parameters.txt @@ -40,6 +40,11 @@ margin: Watchdog margin in seconds (default=60) nowayout: Disable watchdog shutdown on close (default=kernel config parameter) ------------------------------------------------- +armada_37xx_wdt: +timeout: Watchdog timeout in seconds. (default=120) +nowayout: Disable watchdog shutdown on close + (default=kernel config parameter) +------------------------------------------------- at91rm9200_wdt: wdt_time: Watchdog time in seconds. (default=5) nowayout: Watchdog cannot be stopped once started diff --git a/Documentation/x86/boot.txt b/Documentation/x86/boot.txt index 7727db8f94bc..5e9b826b5f62 100644 --- a/Documentation/x86/boot.txt +++ b/Documentation/x86/boot.txt @@ -61,18 +61,6 @@ Protocol 2.12: (Kernel 3.8) Added the xloadflags field and extension fields to struct boot_params for loading bzImage and ramdisk above 4G in 64bit. -Protocol 2.13: (Kernel 3.14) Support 32- and 64-bit flags being set in - xloadflags to support booting a 64-bit kernel from 32-bit - EFI - -Protocol 2.14: (Kernel 4.20) Added acpi_rsdp_addr holding the physical - address of the ACPI RSDP table. - The bootloader updates version with: - 0x8000 | min(kernel-version, bootloader-version) - kernel-version being the protocol version supported by - the kernel and bootloader-version the protocol version - supported by the bootloader. - **** MEMORY LAYOUT The traditional memory map for the kernel loader, used for Image or @@ -209,7 +197,6 @@ Offset Proto Name Meaning 0258/8 2.10+ pref_address Preferred loading address 0260/4 2.10+ init_size Linear memory required during initialization 0264/4 2.11+ handover_offset Offset of handover entry point -0268/8 2.14+ acpi_rsdp_addr Physical address of RSDP table (1) For backwards compatibility, if the setup_sects field contains 0, the real value is 4. @@ -322,7 +309,7 @@ Protocol: 2.00+ Contains the magic number "HdrS" (0x53726448). Field name: version -Type: modify +Type: read Offset/size: 0x206/2 Protocol: 2.00+ @@ -330,12 +317,6 @@ Protocol: 2.00+ e.g. 0x0204 for version 2.04, and 0x0a11 for a hypothetical version 10.17. - Up to protocol version 2.13 this information is only read by the - bootloader. From protocol version 2.14 onwards the bootloader will - write the used protocol version or-ed with 0x8000 to the field. The - used protocol version will be the minimum of the supported protocol - versions of the bootloader and the kernel. - Field name: realmode_swtch Type: modify (optional) Offset/size: 0x208/4 @@ -763,17 +744,6 @@ Offset/size: 0x264/4 See EFI HANDOVER PROTOCOL below for more details. -Field name: acpi_rsdp_addr -Type: write -Offset/size: 0x268/8 -Protocol: 2.14+ - - This field can be set by the boot loader to tell the kernel the - physical address of the ACPI RSDP table. - - A value of 0 indicates the kernel should fall back to the standard - methods to locate the RSDP. - **** THE IMAGE CHECKSUM diff --git a/Documentation/x86/x86_64/mm.txt b/Documentation/x86/x86_64/mm.txt index 702898633b00..804f9426ed17 100644 --- a/Documentation/x86/x86_64/mm.txt +++ b/Documentation/x86/x86_64/mm.txt @@ -34,23 +34,24 @@ __________________|____________|__________________|_________|___________________ ____________________________________________________________|___________________________________________________________ | | | | ffff800000000000 | -128 TB | ffff87ffffffffff | 8 TB | ... guard hole, also reserved for hypervisor - ffff880000000000 | -120 TB | ffffc7ffffffffff | 64 TB | direct mapping of all physical memory (page_offset_base) - ffffc80000000000 | -56 TB | ffffc8ffffffffff | 1 TB | ... unused hole + ffff880000000000 | -120 TB | ffff887fffffffff | 0.5 TB | LDT remap for PTI + ffff888000000000 | -119.5 TB | ffffc87fffffffff | 64 TB | direct mapping of all physical memory (page_offset_base) + ffffc88000000000 | -55.5 TB | ffffc8ffffffffff | 0.5 TB | ... unused hole ffffc90000000000 | -55 TB | ffffe8ffffffffff | 32 TB | vmalloc/ioremap space (vmalloc_base) ffffe90000000000 | -23 TB | ffffe9ffffffffff | 1 TB | ... unused hole ffffea0000000000 | -22 TB | ffffeaffffffffff | 1 TB | virtual memory map (vmemmap_base) ffffeb0000000000 | -21 TB | ffffebffffffffff | 1 TB | ... unused hole ffffec0000000000 | -20 TB | fffffbffffffffff | 16 TB | KASAN shadow memory - fffffc0000000000 | -4 TB | fffffdffffffffff | 2 TB | ... unused hole - | | | | vaddr_end for KASLR - fffffe0000000000 | -2 TB | fffffe7fffffffff | 0.5 TB | cpu_entry_area mapping - fffffe8000000000 | -1.5 TB | fffffeffffffffff | 0.5 TB | LDT remap for PTI - ffffff0000000000 | -1 TB | ffffff7fffffffff | 0.5 TB | %esp fixup stacks __________________|____________|__________________|_________|____________________________________________________________ | - | Identical layout to the 47-bit one from here on: + | Identical layout to the 56-bit one from here on: ____________________________________________________________|____________________________________________________________ | | | | + fffffc0000000000 | -4 TB | fffffdffffffffff | 2 TB | ... unused hole + | | | | vaddr_end for KASLR + fffffe0000000000 | -2 TB | fffffe7fffffffff | 0.5 TB | cpu_entry_area mapping + fffffe8000000000 | -1.5 TB | fffffeffffffffff | 0.5 TB | ... unused hole + ffffff0000000000 | -1 TB | ffffff7fffffffff | 0.5 TB | %esp fixup stacks ffffff8000000000 | -512 GB | ffffffeeffffffff | 444 GB | ... unused hole ffffffef00000000 | -68 GB | fffffffeffffffff | 64 GB | EFI region mapping space ffffffff00000000 | -4 GB | ffffffff7fffffff | 2 GB | ... unused hole @@ -83,7 +84,7 @@ Notes: __________________|____________|__________________|_________|___________________________________________________________ | | | | 0000800000000000 | +64 PB | ffff7fffffffffff | ~16K PB | ... huge, still almost 64 bits wide hole of non-canonical - | | | | virtual memory addresses up to the -128 TB + | | | | virtual memory addresses up to the -64 PB | | | | starting offset of kernel mappings. __________________|____________|__________________|_________|___________________________________________________________ | @@ -91,23 +92,24 @@ __________________|____________|__________________|_________|___________________ ____________________________________________________________|___________________________________________________________ | | | | ff00000000000000 | -64 PB | ff0fffffffffffff | 4 PB | ... guard hole, also reserved for hypervisor - ff10000000000000 | -60 PB | ff8fffffffffffff | 32 PB | direct mapping of all physical memory (page_offset_base) - ff90000000000000 | -28 PB | ff9fffffffffffff | 4 PB | LDT remap for PTI + ff10000000000000 | -60 PB | ff10ffffffffffff | 0.25 PB | LDT remap for PTI + ff11000000000000 | -59.75 PB | ff90ffffffffffff | 32 PB | direct mapping of all physical memory (page_offset_base) + ff91000000000000 | -27.75 PB | ff9fffffffffffff | 3.75 PB | ... unused hole ffa0000000000000 | -24 PB | ffd1ffffffffffff | 12.5 PB | vmalloc/ioremap space (vmalloc_base) ffd2000000000000 | -11.5 PB | ffd3ffffffffffff | 0.5 PB | ... unused hole ffd4000000000000 | -11 PB | ffd5ffffffffffff | 0.5 PB | virtual memory map (vmemmap_base) ffd6000000000000 | -10.5 PB | ffdeffffffffffff | 2.25 PB | ... unused hole ffdf000000000000 | -8.25 PB | fffffdffffffffff | ~8 PB | KASAN shadow memory - fffffc0000000000 | -4 TB | fffffdffffffffff | 2 TB | ... unused hole - | | | | vaddr_end for KASLR - fffffe0000000000 | -2 TB | fffffe7fffffffff | 0.5 TB | cpu_entry_area mapping - fffffe8000000000 | -1.5 TB | fffffeffffffffff | 0.5 TB | ... unused hole - ffffff0000000000 | -1 TB | ffffff7fffffffff | 0.5 TB | %esp fixup stacks __________________|____________|__________________|_________|____________________________________________________________ | | Identical layout to the 47-bit one from here on: ____________________________________________________________|____________________________________________________________ | | | | + fffffc0000000000 | -4 TB | fffffdffffffffff | 2 TB | ... unused hole + | | | | vaddr_end for KASLR + fffffe0000000000 | -2 TB | fffffe7fffffffff | 0.5 TB | cpu_entry_area mapping + fffffe8000000000 | -1.5 TB | fffffeffffffffff | 0.5 TB | ... unused hole + ffffff0000000000 | -1 TB | ffffff7fffffffff | 0.5 TB | %esp fixup stacks ffffff8000000000 | -512 GB | ffffffeeffffffff | 444 GB | ... unused hole ffffffef00000000 | -68 GB | fffffffeffffffff | 64 GB | EFI region mapping space ffffffff00000000 | -4 GB | ffffffff7fffffff | 2 GB | ... unused hole @@ -146,3 +148,6 @@ Their order is preserved but their base will be offset early at boot time. Be very careful vs. KASLR when changing anything here. The KASLR address range must not overlap with anything except the KASAN shadow area, which is correct as KASAN disables KASLR. + +For both 4- and 5-level layouts, the STACKLEAK_POISON value in the last 2MB +hole: ffffffffffff4111 diff --git a/Documentation/x86/zero-page.txt b/Documentation/x86/zero-page.txt index 97b7adbceda4..68aed077f7b6 100644 --- a/Documentation/x86/zero-page.txt +++ b/Documentation/x86/zero-page.txt @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ Offset Proto Name Meaning 0C8/004 ALL ext_cmd_line_ptr cmd_line_ptr high 32bits 140/080 ALL edid_info Video mode setup (struct edid_info) 1C0/020 ALL efi_info EFI 32 information (struct efi_info) -1E0/004 ALL alk_mem_k Alternative mem check, in KB +1E0/004 ALL alt_mem_k Alternative mem check, in KB 1E4/004 ALL scratch Scratch field for the kernel setup code 1E8/001 ALL e820_entries Number of entries in e820_table (below) 1E9/001 ALL eddbuf_entries Number of entries in eddbuf (below) diff --git a/Documentation/xilinx/eemi.txt b/Documentation/xilinx/eemi.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..0ab686c173be --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/xilinx/eemi.txt @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ +--------------------------------------------------------------------- +Xilinx Zynq MPSoC EEMI Documentation +--------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Xilinx Zynq MPSoC Firmware Interface +------------------------------------- +The zynqmp-firmware node describes the interface to platform firmware. +ZynqMP has an interface to communicate with secure firmware. Firmware +driver provides an interface to firmware APIs. Interface APIs can be +used by any driver to communicate with PMC(Platform Management Controller). + +Embedded Energy Management Interface (EEMI) +---------------------------------------------- +The embedded energy management interface is used to allow software +components running across different processing clusters on a chip or +device to communicate with a power management controller (PMC) on a +device to issue or respond to power management requests. + +EEMI ops is a structure containing all eemi APIs supported by Zynq MPSoC. +The zynqmp-firmware driver maintain all EEMI APIs in zynqmp_eemi_ops +structure. Any driver who want to communicate with PMC using EEMI APIs +can call zynqmp_pm_get_eemi_ops(). + +Example of EEMI ops: + + /* zynqmp-firmware driver maintain all EEMI APIs */ + struct zynqmp_eemi_ops { + int (*get_api_version)(u32 *version); + int (*query_data)(struct zynqmp_pm_query_data qdata, u32 *out); + }; + + static const struct zynqmp_eemi_ops eemi_ops = { + .get_api_version = zynqmp_pm_get_api_version, + .query_data = zynqmp_pm_query_data, + }; + +Example of EEMI ops usage: + + static const struct zynqmp_eemi_ops *eemi_ops; + u32 ret_payload[PAYLOAD_ARG_CNT]; + int ret; + + eemi_ops = zynqmp_pm_get_eemi_ops(); + if (!eemi_ops) + return -ENXIO; + + ret = eemi_ops->query_data(qdata, ret_payload); + +IOCTL +------ +IOCTL API is for device control and configuration. It is not a system +IOCTL but it is an EEMI API. This API can be used by master to control +any device specific configuration. IOCTL definitions can be platform +specific. This API also manage shared device configuration. + +The following IOCTL IDs are valid for device control: +- IOCTL_SET_PLL_FRAC_MODE 8 +- IOCTL_GET_PLL_FRAC_MODE 9 +- IOCTL_SET_PLL_FRAC_DATA 10 +- IOCTL_GET_PLL_FRAC_DATA 11 + +Refer EEMI API guide [0] for IOCTL specific parameters and other EEMI APIs. + +References +---------- +[0] Embedded Energy Management Interface (EEMI) API guide: + https://www.xilinx.com/support/documentation/user_guides/ug1200-eemi-api.pdf |